<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Pst</id>
	<title>innovaphone wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Pst"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Pst"/>
	<updated>2026-05-05T20:04:24Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.42.3</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79194</id>
		<title>Reference16r1:Concept Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79194"/>
		<updated>2026-03-18T14:32:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Webhook Get Parameters */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept|Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept App Service Buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To == &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone from version 16r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
The myApps Buttons App deals with the integration of IoT devices and PBX features as triggers. In principle, it is about linking certain input triggers to various output actions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) and open the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;AP app installer&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin. On the right panel, the App Store will be shown. &#039;&#039;Hint : if you access it for the first time, you will need to accept the &amp;quot;Terms of Use of the innovaphone App Store&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* In the search field located on the top right corner of the store, search for &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on it&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the proper firmware version, for example &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Version 15r1&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on install&lt;br /&gt;
* Tick &amp;quot;I accept the terms of use&amp;quot; and continue by clicking on the install yellow button&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait until the install has been finished&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and reopen the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) again in order to refresh the list of the available colored AP plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; + Add an App&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and then on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Name&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; that is used as display name &#039;&#039;(all character allowed)&#039;&#039; for it and the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; name that is the administrative field &#039;&#039;(no space, no capital letters)&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;e.g : Name: Buttons, SIP: buttons&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click OK to save the settings and a green check mark will be shown to inform you that the configuration is good&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons User&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You also need a separate User Object in the pbx which is used from the buttons app. The app will register on this object for...&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;calls&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** an incoming call to this user will be used as trigger. therefor the incoming &#039;&#039;&#039;cgpn&#039;&#039;&#039; and sip of the internal caller and the &#039;&#039;&#039;cdpn&#039;&#039;&#039; as destination is used.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Triggernumber &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;99&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is reserved for Working Toggle. All other destination can be defined per user.&lt;br /&gt;
*** you can setup MWI-Function keys to the number of the buttons-user + append own number checkmark.&lt;br /&gt;
**** in the MWI Key example you will see the 8599 which combines the number of the buttons user &amp;quot;85&amp;quot; with the triggerbumber &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; for working toggle&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** if you want to use outgoing chats from the app you have to assign the chat app to this user&lt;br /&gt;
*** place &amp;quot;chat&amp;quot; in the Home Screen Apps. Just type it in like this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mwi-working.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mwi-working.png|/Buttons-mwi-working.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttosapp user chat.png|thumb|none|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Every mentioned Input Trigger can be multiple combined wit output actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Buttons overview.png|700px|/Buttons_overview.png|/Buttons_overview.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Input trigger ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== PhoneKeys / Dial In =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons app can be made available for calls via a dial-in number. This involves a comparison of the caller (cgpn, sip) and the number called (cdpn).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== myApps Windows Client (Hotkey) =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;&#039;myApps Windows Launcher&#039;&#039;&#039;, buttons can be assigned a hotkey. To do this, append the parameter &amp;amp;lt;code&amp;amp;gt;?hotkey=[number]&amp;amp;lt;/code&amp;amp;gt; to the name of the app object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your app object is named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and you want to assign hotkey number &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;, the entry would be: buttons?hotkey=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Shelly Devices =====&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be used as trigger devices in the Buttons app. To do this, the app opens another web socket below the app path.  The path name is “/shelly ” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: [https://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly wss://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Devices that can establish an outgoing websocket are supported. You can also work with BLE devices if you have a BLE gateway or other Shelly device that is capable of both BLE and Websocket, so that it could work as gateway for BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take a look to this video. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lkMEf7CpXHo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Buttons ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Button1 and Shelly BLU Gateway, but you can also use an other Shelly PRO or PLUS Device to handle BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Windows-/ Door Sensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Door/Window and Shelly BLU Gateway                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Motionsensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Motion and Shelly BLU Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Webhook (&#039;&#039;RestApi&#039;&#039;) ======&lt;br /&gt;
In the SettingsPlugin (PbxManager), you can define an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-path&#039;&#039;&#039; and an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-api-key&#039;&#039;&#039; that can be used by general systems to perform general actions (e.g., monitoring). The idea is that server-based communication is combined with dynamic output actions, which are not triggered by user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path and api-key a added to the reachable base url of the buttons app + /extapi. So, if your base url looks like this [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/] and you api-key is &amp;quot;Secretkey1234&amp;quot;, the url looks like this, to do a Post to Connect App via Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Example: [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======&#039;&#039;Webhook Get Parameters&#039;&#039;======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* key: your http-api, which you can define via SettingsPlugin&lt;br /&gt;
* type: type of output. at the moment only &amp;quot;connect&amp;quot;  or &amp;quot;chat&amp;quot; is possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* dst: destination for the action&lt;br /&gt;
* tags: tagging parameters for Connect Post (only for connect)&lt;br /&gt;
* msg: the content for your action.&lt;br /&gt;
* callto: (in case of Connect Post), also a call to a destination can be trigged&lt;br /&gt;
* srcqueue: the Waiting Queue Object, which should be used for the outgoing call. (you have to define it in the buttons-admin before).&lt;br /&gt;
* numbers:in case of call, a comma separated list of numbers can be placed, which should be get the call from the Waiting Queue Object&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Output actions ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to send a chatmessage to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to a notify a to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send. A Notifiy is just a notification to the client and works with the notification policies of the used client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat + Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a combination of both in one rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presence =====&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the presence of users. In case of the buttons-user app, it&#039;s to the own user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonemessage =====&lt;br /&gt;
Similiar to Chat, but it sends messages to innovaphone DesktPhones. As destination you can use the number or the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall =====&lt;br /&gt;
You need to assign a Waiting Queue via Buttons-Admin App. After that, this Waiting Queue is used to perform outgoing calls and stream the announcement. The Waiting Queue needs a special configuration. =&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Alert Timout = 0&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; otherwise it would not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall - Toggle =====&lt;br /&gt;
Same as &#039;&#039;&#039;Phonecall&#039;&#039;&#039;, but you can end the existing call with the same input trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Also it is possible to use this with ButtonDown and ButtonUp&lt;br /&gt;
* Press and hold a button will trigger a call. Release the button will end the existing call.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Connect App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Connect App is assigend to the buttons AppObject, buttons is able to create ConnectPosts. Also if you combine ConnectPosts and Calls with the same trigger actions, also interactions of the phonecalls are presented to the Connect Post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Working App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Working App is assigned to the buttons AppObject, buttons is able to control your Working App. Also the Dial In Number &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is reservered for Working Toggle. So, if your dial in number for buttons is 85, you can call 8599 from your extension and your working status is toggled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create own rules for working-start or working-stop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====MQTT-Publish=====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(only available in buttons-admin)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Settings plugin it is now possible to connect the Buttons app to an existing MQTT broker. Once connected, you can simply add the TOPIC and CMD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you want to toggle all &amp;quot;tasmota&amp;quot; devices connected to the MQTT broker, you can use it as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mqtt-publish.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mqtt-publish.png|/Buttons-mqtt-publish.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
We have created a short configuration tutorial on youtube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ut3NI59BNl4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79094</id>
		<title>Reference16r1:Concept Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79094"/>
		<updated>2026-03-11T14:16:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Working App */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept|Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept App Service Buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To == &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone from version 16r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
The myApps Buttons App deals with the integration of IoT devices and PBX features as triggers. In principle, it is about linking certain input triggers to various output actions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) and open the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;AP app installer&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin. On the right panel, the App Store will be shown. &#039;&#039;Hint : if you access it for the first time, you will need to accept the &amp;quot;Terms of Use of the innovaphone App Store&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* In the search field located on the top right corner of the store, search for &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on it&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the proper firmware version, for example &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Version 15r1&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on install&lt;br /&gt;
* Tick &amp;quot;I accept the terms of use&amp;quot; and continue by clicking on the install yellow button&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait until the install has been finished&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and reopen the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) again in order to refresh the list of the available colored AP plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; + Add an App&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and then on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Name&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; that is used as display name &#039;&#039;(all character allowed)&#039;&#039; for it and the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; name that is the administrative field &#039;&#039;(no space, no capital letters)&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;e.g : Name: Buttons, SIP: buttons&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click OK to save the settings and a green check mark will be shown to inform you that the configuration is good&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons User&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You also need a separate User Object in the pbx which is used from the buttons app. The app will register on this object for...&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;calls&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** an incoming call to this user will be used as trigger. therefor the incoming &#039;&#039;&#039;cgpn&#039;&#039;&#039; and sip of the internal caller and the &#039;&#039;&#039;cdpn&#039;&#039;&#039; as destination is used.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Triggernumber &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;99&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is reserved for Working Toggle. All other destination can be defined per user.&lt;br /&gt;
*** you can setup MWI-Function keys to the number of the buttons-user + append own number checkmark.&lt;br /&gt;
**** in the MWI Key example you will see the 8599 which combines the number of the buttons user &amp;quot;85&amp;quot; with the triggerbumber &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; for working toggle&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** if you want to use outgoing chats from the app you have to assign the chat app to this user&lt;br /&gt;
*** place &amp;quot;chat&amp;quot; in the Home Screen Apps. Just type it in like this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mwi-working.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mwi-working.png|/Buttons-mwi-working.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttosapp user chat.png|thumb|none|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Every mentioned Input Trigger can be multiple combined wit output actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Buttons overview.png|700px|/Buttons_overview.png|/Buttons_overview.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Input trigger ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== PhoneKeys / Dial In =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons app can be made available for calls via a dial-in number. This involves a comparison of the caller (cgpn, sip) and the number called (cdpn).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== myApps Windows Client (Hotkey) =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;&#039;myApps Windows Launcher&#039;&#039;&#039;, buttons can be assigned a hotkey. To do this, append the parameter &amp;amp;lt;code&amp;amp;gt;?hotkey=[number]&amp;amp;lt;/code&amp;amp;gt; to the name of the app object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your app object is named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and you want to assign hotkey number &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;, the entry would be: buttons?hotkey=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Shelly Devices =====&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be used as trigger devices in the Buttons app. To do this, the app opens another web socket below the app path.  The path name is “/shelly ” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: [https://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly wss://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Devices that can establish an outgoing websocket are supported. You can also work with BLE devices if you have a BLE gateway or other Shelly device that is capable of both BLE and Websocket, so that it could work as gateway for BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take a look to this video. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lkMEf7CpXHo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Buttons ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Button1 and Shelly BLU Gateway, but you can also use an other Shelly PRO or PLUS Device to handle BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Windows-/ Door Sensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Door/Window and Shelly BLU Gateway                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Motionsensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Motion and Shelly BLU Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Webhook (&#039;&#039;RestApi&#039;&#039;) ======&lt;br /&gt;
In the SettingsPlugin (PbxManager), you can define an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-path&#039;&#039;&#039; and an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-api-key&#039;&#039;&#039; that can be used by general systems to perform general actions (e.g., monitoring). The idea is that server-based communication is combined with dynamic output actions, which are not triggered by user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path and api-key a added to the reachable base url of the buttons app + /extapi. So, if your base url looks like this [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/] and you api-key is &amp;quot;Secretkey1234&amp;quot;, the url looks like this, to do a Post to Connect App via Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Example: [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======&#039;&#039;Webhook Get Parameters&#039;&#039;======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* key: your http-api, which you can define via SettingsPlugin&lt;br /&gt;
* type: type of output. at the moment only &amp;quot;connect&amp;quot; is possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* dst: destination for the action&lt;br /&gt;
* tags: tagging parameters for Connect Post&lt;br /&gt;
* msg: the content for your action.&lt;br /&gt;
* callto: (in case of Connect Post), also a call to a destination can be trigged&lt;br /&gt;
* srcqueue: the Waiting Queue Object, which should be used for the outgoing call. (you have to define it in the buttons-admin before).&lt;br /&gt;
* numbers:in case of call, a comma separated list of numbers can be placed, which should be get the call from the Waiting Queue Object&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Output actions ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to send a chatmessage to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to a notify a to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send. A Notifiy is just a notification to the client and works with the notification policies of the used client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat + Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a combination of both in one rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presence =====&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the presence of users. In case of the buttons-user app, it&#039;s to the own user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonemessage =====&lt;br /&gt;
Similiar to Chat, but it sends messages to innovaphone DesktPhones. As destination you can use the number or the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall =====&lt;br /&gt;
You need to assign a Waiting Queue via Buttons-Admin App. After that, this Waiting Queue is used to perform outgoing calls and stream the announcement. The Waiting Queue needs a special configuration. =&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Alert Timout = 0&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; otherwise it would not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall - Toggle =====&lt;br /&gt;
Same as &#039;&#039;&#039;Phonecall&#039;&#039;&#039;, but you can end the existing call with the same input trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Also it is possible to use this with ButtonDown and ButtonUp&lt;br /&gt;
* Press and hold a button will trigger a call. Release the button will end the existing call.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Connect App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Connect App is assigend to the buttons AppObject, buttons is able to create ConnectPosts. Also if you combine ConnectPosts and Calls with the same trigger actions, also interactions of the phonecalls are presented to the Connect Post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Working App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Working App is assigned to the buttons AppObject, buttons is able to control your Working App. Also the Dial In Number &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is reservered for Working Toggle. So, if your dial in number for buttons is 85, you can call 8599 from your extension and your working status is toggled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create own rules for working-start or working-stop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====MQTT-Publish=====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(only available in buttons-admin)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Settings plugin it is now possible to connect the Buttons app to an existing MQTT broker. Once connected, you can simply add the TOPIC and CMD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you want to toggle all &amp;quot;tasmota&amp;quot; devices connected to the MQTT broker, you can use it as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mqtt-publish.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mqtt-publish.png|/Buttons-mqtt-publish.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
We have created a short configuration tutorial on youtube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ut3NI59BNl4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79093</id>
		<title>Reference16r1:Concept Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79093"/>
		<updated>2026-03-11T14:14:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Phonecall - Toggle */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept|Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept App Service Buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To == &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone from version 16r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
The myApps Buttons App deals with the integration of IoT devices and PBX features as triggers. In principle, it is about linking certain input triggers to various output actions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) and open the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;AP app installer&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin. On the right panel, the App Store will be shown. &#039;&#039;Hint : if you access it for the first time, you will need to accept the &amp;quot;Terms of Use of the innovaphone App Store&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* In the search field located on the top right corner of the store, search for &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on it&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the proper firmware version, for example &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Version 15r1&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on install&lt;br /&gt;
* Tick &amp;quot;I accept the terms of use&amp;quot; and continue by clicking on the install yellow button&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait until the install has been finished&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and reopen the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) again in order to refresh the list of the available colored AP plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; + Add an App&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and then on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Name&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; that is used as display name &#039;&#039;(all character allowed)&#039;&#039; for it and the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; name that is the administrative field &#039;&#039;(no space, no capital letters)&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;e.g : Name: Buttons, SIP: buttons&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click OK to save the settings and a green check mark will be shown to inform you that the configuration is good&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons User&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You also need a separate User Object in the pbx which is used from the buttons app. The app will register on this object for...&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;calls&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** an incoming call to this user will be used as trigger. therefor the incoming &#039;&#039;&#039;cgpn&#039;&#039;&#039; and sip of the internal caller and the &#039;&#039;&#039;cdpn&#039;&#039;&#039; as destination is used.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Triggernumber &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;99&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is reserved for Working Toggle. All other destination can be defined per user.&lt;br /&gt;
*** you can setup MWI-Function keys to the number of the buttons-user + append own number checkmark.&lt;br /&gt;
**** in the MWI Key example you will see the 8599 which combines the number of the buttons user &amp;quot;85&amp;quot; with the triggerbumber &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; for working toggle&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** if you want to use outgoing chats from the app you have to assign the chat app to this user&lt;br /&gt;
*** place &amp;quot;chat&amp;quot; in the Home Screen Apps. Just type it in like this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mwi-working.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mwi-working.png|/Buttons-mwi-working.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttosapp user chat.png|thumb|none|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Every mentioned Input Trigger can be multiple combined wit output actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Buttons overview.png|700px|/Buttons_overview.png|/Buttons_overview.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Input trigger ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== PhoneKeys / Dial In =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons app can be made available for calls via a dial-in number. This involves a comparison of the caller (cgpn, sip) and the number called (cdpn).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== myApps Windows Client (Hotkey) =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;&#039;myApps Windows Launcher&#039;&#039;&#039;, buttons can be assigned a hotkey. To do this, append the parameter &amp;amp;lt;code&amp;amp;gt;?hotkey=[number]&amp;amp;lt;/code&amp;amp;gt; to the name of the app object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your app object is named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and you want to assign hotkey number &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;, the entry would be: buttons?hotkey=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Shelly Devices =====&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be used as trigger devices in the Buttons app. To do this, the app opens another web socket below the app path.  The path name is “/shelly ” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: [https://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly wss://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Devices that can establish an outgoing websocket are supported. You can also work with BLE devices if you have a BLE gateway or other Shelly device that is capable of both BLE and Websocket, so that it could work as gateway for BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take a look to this video. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lkMEf7CpXHo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Buttons ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Button1 and Shelly BLU Gateway, but you can also use an other Shelly PRO or PLUS Device to handle BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Windows-/ Door Sensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Door/Window and Shelly BLU Gateway                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Motionsensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Motion and Shelly BLU Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Webhook (&#039;&#039;RestApi&#039;&#039;) ======&lt;br /&gt;
In the SettingsPlugin (PbxManager), you can define an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-path&#039;&#039;&#039; and an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-api-key&#039;&#039;&#039; that can be used by general systems to perform general actions (e.g., monitoring). The idea is that server-based communication is combined with dynamic output actions, which are not triggered by user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path and api-key a added to the reachable base url of the buttons app + /extapi. So, if your base url looks like this [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/] and you api-key is &amp;quot;Secretkey1234&amp;quot;, the url looks like this, to do a Post to Connect App via Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Example: [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======&#039;&#039;Webhook Get Parameters&#039;&#039;======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* key: your http-api, which you can define via SettingsPlugin&lt;br /&gt;
* type: type of output. at the moment only &amp;quot;connect&amp;quot; is possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* dst: destination for the action&lt;br /&gt;
* tags: tagging parameters for Connect Post&lt;br /&gt;
* msg: the content for your action.&lt;br /&gt;
* callto: (in case of Connect Post), also a call to a destination can be trigged&lt;br /&gt;
* srcqueue: the Waiting Queue Object, which should be used for the outgoing call. (you have to define it in the buttons-admin before).&lt;br /&gt;
* numbers:in case of call, a comma separated list of numbers can be placed, which should be get the call from the Waiting Queue Object&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Output actions ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to send a chatmessage to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to a notify a to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send. A Notifiy is just a notification to the client and works with the notification policies of the used client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat + Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a combination of both in one rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presence =====&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the presence of users. In case of the buttons-user app, it&#039;s to the own user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonemessage =====&lt;br /&gt;
Similiar to Chat, but it sends messages to innovaphone DesktPhones. As destination you can use the number or the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall =====&lt;br /&gt;
You need to assign a Waiting Queue via Buttons-Admin App. After that, this Waiting Queue is used to perform outgoing calls and stream the announcement. The Waiting Queue needs a special configuration. =&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Alert Timout = 0&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; otherwise it would not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall - Toggle =====&lt;br /&gt;
Same as &#039;&#039;&#039;Phonecall&#039;&#039;&#039;, but you can end the existing call with the same input trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Also it is possible to use this with ButtonDown and ButtonUp&lt;br /&gt;
* Press and hold a button will trigger a call. Release the button will end the existing call.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Connect App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Connect App is assigend to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to create ConnectPosts. Also if you combine ConnectPosts and Calls with the same trigger actions, also interactions of the phonecalls are presented to the Connect Post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Working App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Working App is assigned to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to control your Working App. Also the Dial In Number &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is reservered for Working Toggle. So, if your dial in number for buttons is 85, you can call 8599 from your extension and your working status is toggled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create own rules for working-start or working-stop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====MQTT-Publish=====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(only available in buttons-admin)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Settings plugin it is now possible to connect the Buttons app to an existing MQTT broker. Once connected, you can simply add the TOPIC and CMD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you want to toggle all &amp;quot;tasmota&amp;quot; devices connected to the MQTT broker, you can use it as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mqtt-publish.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mqtt-publish.png|/Buttons-mqtt-publish.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
We have created a short configuration tutorial on youtube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ut3NI59BNl4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79092</id>
		<title>Reference16r1:Concept Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79092"/>
		<updated>2026-03-11T14:14:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Phonecall - Toggle */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept|Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept App Service Buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To == &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone from version 16r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
The myApps Buttons App deals with the integration of IoT devices and PBX features as triggers. In principle, it is about linking certain input triggers to various output actions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) and open the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;AP app installer&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin. On the right panel, the App Store will be shown. &#039;&#039;Hint : if you access it for the first time, you will need to accept the &amp;quot;Terms of Use of the innovaphone App Store&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* In the search field located on the top right corner of the store, search for &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on it&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the proper firmware version, for example &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Version 15r1&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on install&lt;br /&gt;
* Tick &amp;quot;I accept the terms of use&amp;quot; and continue by clicking on the install yellow button&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait until the install has been finished&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and reopen the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) again in order to refresh the list of the available colored AP plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; + Add an App&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and then on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Name&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; that is used as display name &#039;&#039;(all character allowed)&#039;&#039; for it and the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; name that is the administrative field &#039;&#039;(no space, no capital letters)&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;e.g : Name: Buttons, SIP: buttons&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click OK to save the settings and a green check mark will be shown to inform you that the configuration is good&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons User&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You also need a separate User Object in the pbx which is used from the buttons app. The app will register on this object for...&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;calls&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** an incoming call to this user will be used as trigger. therefor the incoming &#039;&#039;&#039;cgpn&#039;&#039;&#039; and sip of the internal caller and the &#039;&#039;&#039;cdpn&#039;&#039;&#039; as destination is used.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Triggernumber &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;99&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is reserved for Working Toggle. All other destination can be defined per user.&lt;br /&gt;
*** you can setup MWI-Function keys to the number of the buttons-user + append own number checkmark.&lt;br /&gt;
**** in the MWI Key example you will see the 8599 which combines the number of the buttons user &amp;quot;85&amp;quot; with the triggerbumber &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; for working toggle&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** if you want to use outgoing chats from the app you have to assign the chat app to this user&lt;br /&gt;
*** place &amp;quot;chat&amp;quot; in the Home Screen Apps. Just type it in like this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mwi-working.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mwi-working.png|/Buttons-mwi-working.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttosapp user chat.png|thumb|none|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Every mentioned Input Trigger can be multiple combined wit output actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Buttons overview.png|700px|/Buttons_overview.png|/Buttons_overview.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Input trigger ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== PhoneKeys / Dial In =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons app can be made available for calls via a dial-in number. This involves a comparison of the caller (cgpn, sip) and the number called (cdpn).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== myApps Windows Client (Hotkey) =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;&#039;myApps Windows Launcher&#039;&#039;&#039;, buttons can be assigned a hotkey. To do this, append the parameter &amp;amp;lt;code&amp;amp;gt;?hotkey=[number]&amp;amp;lt;/code&amp;amp;gt; to the name of the app object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your app object is named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and you want to assign hotkey number &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;, the entry would be: buttons?hotkey=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Shelly Devices =====&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be used as trigger devices in the Buttons app. To do this, the app opens another web socket below the app path.  The path name is “/shelly ” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: [https://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly wss://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Devices that can establish an outgoing websocket are supported. You can also work with BLE devices if you have a BLE gateway or other Shelly device that is capable of both BLE and Websocket, so that it could work as gateway for BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take a look to this video. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lkMEf7CpXHo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Buttons ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Button1 and Shelly BLU Gateway, but you can also use an other Shelly PRO or PLUS Device to handle BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Windows-/ Door Sensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Door/Window and Shelly BLU Gateway                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Motionsensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Motion and Shelly BLU Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Webhook (&#039;&#039;RestApi&#039;&#039;) ======&lt;br /&gt;
In the SettingsPlugin (PbxManager), you can define an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-path&#039;&#039;&#039; and an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-api-key&#039;&#039;&#039; that can be used by general systems to perform general actions (e.g., monitoring). The idea is that server-based communication is combined with dynamic output actions, which are not triggered by user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path and api-key a added to the reachable base url of the buttons app + /extapi. So, if your base url looks like this [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/] and you api-key is &amp;quot;Secretkey1234&amp;quot;, the url looks like this, to do a Post to Connect App via Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Example: [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======&#039;&#039;Webhook Get Parameters&#039;&#039;======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* key: your http-api, which you can define via SettingsPlugin&lt;br /&gt;
* type: type of output. at the moment only &amp;quot;connect&amp;quot; is possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* dst: destination for the action&lt;br /&gt;
* tags: tagging parameters for Connect Post&lt;br /&gt;
* msg: the content for your action.&lt;br /&gt;
* callto: (in case of Connect Post), also a call to a destination can be trigged&lt;br /&gt;
* srcqueue: the Waiting Queue Object, which should be used for the outgoing call. (you have to define it in the buttons-admin before).&lt;br /&gt;
* numbers:in case of call, a comma separated list of numbers can be placed, which should be get the call from the Waiting Queue Object&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Output actions ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to send a chatmessage to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to a notify a to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send. A Notifiy is just a notification to the client and works with the notification policies of the used client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat + Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a combination of both in one rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presence =====&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the presence of users. In case of the buttons-user app, it&#039;s to the own user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonemessage =====&lt;br /&gt;
Similiar to Chat, but it sends messages to innovaphone DesktPhones. As destination you can use the number or the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall =====&lt;br /&gt;
You need to assign a Waiting Queue via Buttons-Admin App. After that, this Waiting Queue is used to perform outgoing calls and stream the announcement. The Waiting Queue needs a special configuration. =&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Alert Timout = 0&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; otherwise it would not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall - Toggle =====&lt;br /&gt;
Same as &#039;&#039;&#039;Phonecall&#039;&#039;&#039;, but you can end the existing call with the same input trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Also it is possible to use this with ButtonDown and ButtonUp&lt;br /&gt;
* Press and hold a button will trigger a call. Release the button will end the existring call.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Connect App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Connect App is assigend to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to create ConnectPosts. Also if you combine ConnectPosts and Calls with the same trigger actions, also interactions of the phonecalls are presented to the Connect Post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Working App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Working App is assigned to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to control your Working App. Also the Dial In Number &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is reservered for Working Toggle. So, if your dial in number for buttons is 85, you can call 8599 from your extension and your working status is toggled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create own rules for working-start or working-stop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====MQTT-Publish=====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(only available in buttons-admin)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Settings plugin it is now possible to connect the Buttons app to an existing MQTT broker. Once connected, you can simply add the TOPIC and CMD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you want to toggle all &amp;quot;tasmota&amp;quot; devices connected to the MQTT broker, you can use it as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mqtt-publish.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mqtt-publish.png|/Buttons-mqtt-publish.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
We have created a short configuration tutorial on youtube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ut3NI59BNl4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79091</id>
		<title>Reference16r1:Concept Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79091"/>
		<updated>2026-03-11T14:13:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Phonecall - Toggle */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept|Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept App Service Buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To == &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone from version 16r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
The myApps Buttons App deals with the integration of IoT devices and PBX features as triggers. In principle, it is about linking certain input triggers to various output actions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) and open the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;AP app installer&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin. On the right panel, the App Store will be shown. &#039;&#039;Hint : if you access it for the first time, you will need to accept the &amp;quot;Terms of Use of the innovaphone App Store&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* In the search field located on the top right corner of the store, search for &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on it&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the proper firmware version, for example &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Version 15r1&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on install&lt;br /&gt;
* Tick &amp;quot;I accept the terms of use&amp;quot; and continue by clicking on the install yellow button&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait until the install has been finished&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and reopen the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) again in order to refresh the list of the available colored AP plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; + Add an App&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and then on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Name&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; that is used as display name &#039;&#039;(all character allowed)&#039;&#039; for it and the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; name that is the administrative field &#039;&#039;(no space, no capital letters)&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;e.g : Name: Buttons, SIP: buttons&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click OK to save the settings and a green check mark will be shown to inform you that the configuration is good&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons User&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You also need a separate User Object in the pbx which is used from the buttons app. The app will register on this object for...&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;calls&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** an incoming call to this user will be used as trigger. therefor the incoming &#039;&#039;&#039;cgpn&#039;&#039;&#039; and sip of the internal caller and the &#039;&#039;&#039;cdpn&#039;&#039;&#039; as destination is used.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Triggernumber &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;99&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is reserved for Working Toggle. All other destination can be defined per user.&lt;br /&gt;
*** you can setup MWI-Function keys to the number of the buttons-user + append own number checkmark.&lt;br /&gt;
**** in the MWI Key example you will see the 8599 which combines the number of the buttons user &amp;quot;85&amp;quot; with the triggerbumber &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; for working toggle&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** if you want to use outgoing chats from the app you have to assign the chat app to this user&lt;br /&gt;
*** place &amp;quot;chat&amp;quot; in the Home Screen Apps. Just type it in like this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mwi-working.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mwi-working.png|/Buttons-mwi-working.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttosapp user chat.png|thumb|none|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Every mentioned Input Trigger can be multiple combined wit output actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Buttons overview.png|700px|/Buttons_overview.png|/Buttons_overview.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Input trigger ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== PhoneKeys / Dial In =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons app can be made available for calls via a dial-in number. This involves a comparison of the caller (cgpn, sip) and the number called (cdpn).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== myApps Windows Client (Hotkey) =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;&#039;myApps Windows Launcher&#039;&#039;&#039;, buttons can be assigned a hotkey. To do this, append the parameter &amp;amp;lt;code&amp;amp;gt;?hotkey=[number]&amp;amp;lt;/code&amp;amp;gt; to the name of the app object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your app object is named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and you want to assign hotkey number &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;, the entry would be: buttons?hotkey=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Shelly Devices =====&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be used as trigger devices in the Buttons app. To do this, the app opens another web socket below the app path.  The path name is “/shelly ” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: [https://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly wss://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Devices that can establish an outgoing websocket are supported. You can also work with BLE devices if you have a BLE gateway or other Shelly device that is capable of both BLE and Websocket, so that it could work as gateway for BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take a look to this video. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lkMEf7CpXHo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Buttons ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Button1 and Shelly BLU Gateway, but you can also use an other Shelly PRO or PLUS Device to handle BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Windows-/ Door Sensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Door/Window and Shelly BLU Gateway                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Motionsensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Motion and Shelly BLU Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Webhook (&#039;&#039;RestApi&#039;&#039;) ======&lt;br /&gt;
In the SettingsPlugin (PbxManager), you can define an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-path&#039;&#039;&#039; and an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-api-key&#039;&#039;&#039; that can be used by general systems to perform general actions (e.g., monitoring). The idea is that server-based communication is combined with dynamic output actions, which are not triggered by user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path and api-key a added to the reachable base url of the buttons app + /extapi. So, if your base url looks like this [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/] and you api-key is &amp;quot;Secretkey1234&amp;quot;, the url looks like this, to do a Post to Connect App via Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Example: [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======&#039;&#039;Webhook Get Parameters&#039;&#039;======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* key: your http-api, which you can define via SettingsPlugin&lt;br /&gt;
* type: type of output. at the moment only &amp;quot;connect&amp;quot; is possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* dst: destination for the action&lt;br /&gt;
* tags: tagging parameters for Connect Post&lt;br /&gt;
* msg: the content for your action.&lt;br /&gt;
* callto: (in case of Connect Post), also a call to a destination can be trigged&lt;br /&gt;
* srcqueue: the Waiting Queue Object, which should be used for the outgoing call. (you have to define it in the buttons-admin before).&lt;br /&gt;
* numbers:in case of call, a comma separated list of numbers can be placed, which should be get the call from the Waiting Queue Object&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Output actions ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to send a chatmessage to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to a notify a to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send. A Notifiy is just a notification to the client and works with the notification policies of the used client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat + Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a combination of both in one rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presence =====&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the presence of users. In case of the buttons-user app, it&#039;s to the own user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonemessage =====&lt;br /&gt;
Similiar to Chat, but it sends messages to innovaphone DesktPhones. As destination you can use the number or the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall =====&lt;br /&gt;
You need to assign a Waiting Queue via Buttons-Admin App. After that, this Waiting Queue is used to perform outgoing calls and stream the announcement. The Waiting Queue needs a special configuration. =&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Alert Timout = 0&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; otherwise it would not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall - Toggle =====&lt;br /&gt;
Same as &#039;&#039;&#039;Phonecall&#039;&#039;&#039;, but you can end the existing call with the same input trigger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Also it is possible to use this with ButtonDown and ButtonUp&lt;br /&gt;
* Press and hold a button we trigger the call. Release the button will end the existring call.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Connect App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Connect App is assigend to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to create ConnectPosts. Also if you combine ConnectPosts and Calls with the same trigger actions, also interactions of the phonecalls are presented to the Connect Post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Working App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Working App is assigned to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to control your Working App. Also the Dial In Number &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is reservered for Working Toggle. So, if your dial in number for buttons is 85, you can call 8599 from your extension and your working status is toggled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create own rules for working-start or working-stop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====MQTT-Publish=====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(only available in buttons-admin)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Settings plugin it is now possible to connect the Buttons app to an existing MQTT broker. Once connected, you can simply add the TOPIC and CMD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you want to toggle all &amp;quot;tasmota&amp;quot; devices connected to the MQTT broker, you can use it as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mqtt-publish.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mqtt-publish.png|/Buttons-mqtt-publish.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
We have created a short configuration tutorial on youtube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ut3NI59BNl4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79090</id>
		<title>Reference16r1:Concept Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79090"/>
		<updated>2026-03-11T14:11:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* MQTT-Publish - (only in buttons-admin) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept|Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept App Service Buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To == &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone from version 16r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
The myApps Buttons App deals with the integration of IoT devices and PBX features as triggers. In principle, it is about linking certain input triggers to various output actions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) and open the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;AP app installer&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin. On the right panel, the App Store will be shown. &#039;&#039;Hint : if you access it for the first time, you will need to accept the &amp;quot;Terms of Use of the innovaphone App Store&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* In the search field located on the top right corner of the store, search for &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on it&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the proper firmware version, for example &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Version 15r1&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on install&lt;br /&gt;
* Tick &amp;quot;I accept the terms of use&amp;quot; and continue by clicking on the install yellow button&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait until the install has been finished&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and reopen the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) again in order to refresh the list of the available colored AP plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; + Add an App&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and then on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Name&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; that is used as display name &#039;&#039;(all character allowed)&#039;&#039; for it and the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; name that is the administrative field &#039;&#039;(no space, no capital letters)&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;e.g : Name: Buttons, SIP: buttons&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click OK to save the settings and a green check mark will be shown to inform you that the configuration is good&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons User&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You also need a separate User Object in the pbx which is used from the buttons app. The app will register on this object for...&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;calls&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** an incoming call to this user will be used as trigger. therefor the incoming &#039;&#039;&#039;cgpn&#039;&#039;&#039; and sip of the internal caller and the &#039;&#039;&#039;cdpn&#039;&#039;&#039; as destination is used.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Triggernumber &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;99&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is reserved for Working Toggle. All other destination can be defined per user.&lt;br /&gt;
*** you can setup MWI-Function keys to the number of the buttons-user + append own number checkmark.&lt;br /&gt;
**** in the MWI Key example you will see the 8599 which combines the number of the buttons user &amp;quot;85&amp;quot; with the triggerbumber &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; for working toggle&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** if you want to use outgoing chats from the app you have to assign the chat app to this user&lt;br /&gt;
*** place &amp;quot;chat&amp;quot; in the Home Screen Apps. Just type it in like this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mwi-working.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mwi-working.png|/Buttons-mwi-working.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttosapp user chat.png|thumb|none|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Every mentioned Input Trigger can be multiple combined wit output actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Buttons overview.png|700px|/Buttons_overview.png|/Buttons_overview.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Input trigger ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== PhoneKeys / Dial In =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons app can be made available for calls via a dial-in number. This involves a comparison of the caller (cgpn, sip) and the number called (cdpn).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== myApps Windows Client (Hotkey) =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;&#039;myApps Windows Launcher&#039;&#039;&#039;, buttons can be assigned a hotkey. To do this, append the parameter &amp;amp;lt;code&amp;amp;gt;?hotkey=[number]&amp;amp;lt;/code&amp;amp;gt; to the name of the app object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your app object is named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and you want to assign hotkey number &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;, the entry would be: buttons?hotkey=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Shelly Devices =====&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be used as trigger devices in the Buttons app. To do this, the app opens another web socket below the app path.  The path name is “/shelly ” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: [https://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly wss://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Devices that can establish an outgoing websocket are supported. You can also work with BLE devices if you have a BLE gateway or other Shelly device that is capable of both BLE and Websocket, so that it could work as gateway for BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take a look to this video. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lkMEf7CpXHo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Buttons ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Button1 and Shelly BLU Gateway, but you can also use an other Shelly PRO or PLUS Device to handle BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Windows-/ Door Sensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Door/Window and Shelly BLU Gateway                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Motionsensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Motion and Shelly BLU Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Webhook (&#039;&#039;RestApi&#039;&#039;) ======&lt;br /&gt;
In the SettingsPlugin (PbxManager), you can define an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-path&#039;&#039;&#039; and an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-api-key&#039;&#039;&#039; that can be used by general systems to perform general actions (e.g., monitoring). The idea is that server-based communication is combined with dynamic output actions, which are not triggered by user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path and api-key a added to the reachable base url of the buttons app + /extapi. So, if your base url looks like this [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/] and you api-key is &amp;quot;Secretkey1234&amp;quot;, the url looks like this, to do a Post to Connect App via Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Example: [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======&#039;&#039;Webhook Get Parameters&#039;&#039;======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* key: your http-api, which you can define via SettingsPlugin&lt;br /&gt;
* type: type of output. at the moment only &amp;quot;connect&amp;quot; is possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* dst: destination for the action&lt;br /&gt;
* tags: tagging parameters for Connect Post&lt;br /&gt;
* msg: the content for your action.&lt;br /&gt;
* callto: (in case of Connect Post), also a call to a destination can be trigged&lt;br /&gt;
* srcqueue: the Waiting Queue Object, which should be used for the outgoing call. (you have to define it in the buttons-admin before).&lt;br /&gt;
* numbers:in case of call, a comma separated list of numbers can be placed, which should be get the call from the Waiting Queue Object&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Output actions ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to send a chatmessage to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to a notify a to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send. A Notifiy is just a notification to the client and works with the notification policies of the used client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat + Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a combination of both in one rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presence =====&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the presence of users. In case of the buttons-user app, it&#039;s to the own user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonemessage =====&lt;br /&gt;
Similiar to Chat, but it sends messages to innovaphone DesktPhones. As destination you can use the number or the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall =====&lt;br /&gt;
You need to assign a Waiting Queue via Buttons-Admin App. After that, this Waiting Queue is used to perform outgoing calls and stream the announcement. The Waiting Queue needs a special configuration. =&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Alert Timout = 0&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; otherwise it would not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall - Toggle =====&lt;br /&gt;
Same as &#039;&#039;&#039;Phonecall&#039;&#039;&#039;, but you can end the existing call with the same input trigge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Also it is possible to use this with ButtonDown and ButtonUp&lt;br /&gt;
* Press and hold a button we trigger the call. Release the button will end the existring call.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Connect App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Connect App is assigend to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to create ConnectPosts. Also if you combine ConnectPosts and Calls with the same trigger actions, also interactions of the phonecalls are presented to the Connect Post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Working App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Working App is assigned to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to control your Working App. Also the Dial In Number &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is reservered for Working Toggle. So, if your dial in number for buttons is 85, you can call 8599 from your extension and your working status is toggled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create own rules for working-start or working-stop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====MQTT-Publish=====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(only available in buttons-admin)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Settings plugin it is now possible to connect the Buttons app to an existing MQTT broker. Once connected, you can simply add the TOPIC and CMD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you want to toggle all &amp;quot;tasmota&amp;quot; devices connected to the MQTT broker, you can use it as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mqtt-publish.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mqtt-publish.png|/Buttons-mqtt-publish.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
We have created a short configuration tutorial on youtube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ut3NI59BNl4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79089</id>
		<title>Reference16r1:Concept Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79089"/>
		<updated>2026-03-11T14:11:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept|Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept App Service Buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To == &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone from version 16r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
The myApps Buttons App deals with the integration of IoT devices and PBX features as triggers. In principle, it is about linking certain input triggers to various output actions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) and open the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;AP app installer&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin. On the right panel, the App Store will be shown. &#039;&#039;Hint : if you access it for the first time, you will need to accept the &amp;quot;Terms of Use of the innovaphone App Store&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* In the search field located on the top right corner of the store, search for &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on it&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the proper firmware version, for example &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Version 15r1&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on install&lt;br /&gt;
* Tick &amp;quot;I accept the terms of use&amp;quot; and continue by clicking on the install yellow button&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait until the install has been finished&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and reopen the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) again in order to refresh the list of the available colored AP plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; + Add an App&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and then on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Name&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; that is used as display name &#039;&#039;(all character allowed)&#039;&#039; for it and the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; name that is the administrative field &#039;&#039;(no space, no capital letters)&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;e.g : Name: Buttons, SIP: buttons&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click OK to save the settings and a green check mark will be shown to inform you that the configuration is good&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons User&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You also need a separate User Object in the pbx which is used from the buttons app. The app will register on this object for...&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;calls&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** an incoming call to this user will be used as trigger. therefor the incoming &#039;&#039;&#039;cgpn&#039;&#039;&#039; and sip of the internal caller and the &#039;&#039;&#039;cdpn&#039;&#039;&#039; as destination is used.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Triggernumber &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;99&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is reserved for Working Toggle. All other destination can be defined per user.&lt;br /&gt;
*** you can setup MWI-Function keys to the number of the buttons-user + append own number checkmark.&lt;br /&gt;
**** in the MWI Key example you will see the 8599 which combines the number of the buttons user &amp;quot;85&amp;quot; with the triggerbumber &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; for working toggle&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** if you want to use outgoing chats from the app you have to assign the chat app to this user&lt;br /&gt;
*** place &amp;quot;chat&amp;quot; in the Home Screen Apps. Just type it in like this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mwi-working.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mwi-working.png|/Buttons-mwi-working.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttosapp user chat.png|thumb|none|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Every mentioned Input Trigger can be multiple combined wit output actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Buttons overview.png|700px|/Buttons_overview.png|/Buttons_overview.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Input trigger ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== PhoneKeys / Dial In =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons app can be made available for calls via a dial-in number. This involves a comparison of the caller (cgpn, sip) and the number called (cdpn).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== myApps Windows Client (Hotkey) =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;&#039;myApps Windows Launcher&#039;&#039;&#039;, buttons can be assigned a hotkey. To do this, append the parameter &amp;amp;lt;code&amp;amp;gt;?hotkey=[number]&amp;amp;lt;/code&amp;amp;gt; to the name of the app object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your app object is named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and you want to assign hotkey number &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;, the entry would be: buttons?hotkey=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Shelly Devices =====&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be used as trigger devices in the Buttons app. To do this, the app opens another web socket below the app path.  The path name is “/shelly ” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: [https://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly wss://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Devices that can establish an outgoing websocket are supported. You can also work with BLE devices if you have a BLE gateway or other Shelly device that is capable of both BLE and Websocket, so that it could work as gateway for BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take a look to this video. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lkMEf7CpXHo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Buttons ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Button1 and Shelly BLU Gateway, but you can also use an other Shelly PRO or PLUS Device to handle BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Windows-/ Door Sensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Door/Window and Shelly BLU Gateway                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Motionsensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Motion and Shelly BLU Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Webhook (&#039;&#039;RestApi&#039;&#039;) ======&lt;br /&gt;
In the SettingsPlugin (PbxManager), you can define an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-path&#039;&#039;&#039; and an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-api-key&#039;&#039;&#039; that can be used by general systems to perform general actions (e.g., monitoring). The idea is that server-based communication is combined with dynamic output actions, which are not triggered by user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path and api-key a added to the reachable base url of the buttons app + /extapi. So, if your base url looks like this [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/] and you api-key is &amp;quot;Secretkey1234&amp;quot;, the url looks like this, to do a Post to Connect App via Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Example: [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======&#039;&#039;Webhook Get Parameters&#039;&#039;======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* key: your http-api, which you can define via SettingsPlugin&lt;br /&gt;
* type: type of output. at the moment only &amp;quot;connect&amp;quot; is possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* dst: destination for the action&lt;br /&gt;
* tags: tagging parameters for Connect Post&lt;br /&gt;
* msg: the content for your action.&lt;br /&gt;
* callto: (in case of Connect Post), also a call to a destination can be trigged&lt;br /&gt;
* srcqueue: the Waiting Queue Object, which should be used for the outgoing call. (you have to define it in the buttons-admin before).&lt;br /&gt;
* numbers:in case of call, a comma separated list of numbers can be placed, which should be get the call from the Waiting Queue Object&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Output actions ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to send a chatmessage to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to a notify a to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send. A Notifiy is just a notification to the client and works with the notification policies of the used client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat + Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a combination of both in one rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presence =====&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the presence of users. In case of the buttons-user app, it&#039;s to the own user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonemessage =====&lt;br /&gt;
Similiar to Chat, but it sends messages to innovaphone DesktPhones. As destination you can use the number or the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall =====&lt;br /&gt;
You need to assign a Waiting Queue via Buttons-Admin App. After that, this Waiting Queue is used to perform outgoing calls and stream the announcement. The Waiting Queue needs a special configuration. =&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Alert Timout = 0&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; otherwise it would not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall - Toggle =====&lt;br /&gt;
Same as &#039;&#039;&#039;Phonecall&#039;&#039;&#039;, but you can end the existing call with the same input trigge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Also it is possible to use this with ButtonDown and ButtonUp&lt;br /&gt;
* Press and hold a button we trigger the call. Release the button will end the existring call.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Connect App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Connect App is assigend to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to create ConnectPosts. Also if you combine ConnectPosts and Calls with the same trigger actions, also interactions of the phonecalls are presented to the Connect Post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Working App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Working App is assigned to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to control your Working App. Also the Dial In Number &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is reservered for Working Toggle. So, if your dial in number for buttons is 85, you can call 8599 from your extension and your working status is toggled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create own rules for working-start or working-stop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====MQTT-Publish - (only in buttons-admin)=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Settings plugin it is now possible to connect the Buttons app to an existing MQTT broker. Once connected, you can simply add the TOPIC and CMD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you want to toggle all &amp;quot;tasmota&amp;quot; devices connected to the MQTT broker, you can use it as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mqtt-publish.png|thumb|/Buttons-mqtt-publish.png|none|/Buttons-mqtt-publish.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
We have created a short configuration tutorial on youtube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ut3NI59BNl4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79088</id>
		<title>Reference16r1:Concept Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79088"/>
		<updated>2026-03-11T14:10:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept|Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept App Service Buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To == &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone from version 16r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
The myApps Buttons App deals with the integration of IoT devices and PBX features as triggers. In principle, it is about linking certain input triggers to various output actions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) and open the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;AP app installer&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin. On the right panel, the App Store will be shown. &#039;&#039;Hint : if you access it for the first time, you will need to accept the &amp;quot;Terms of Use of the innovaphone App Store&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* In the search field located on the top right corner of the store, search for &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on it&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the proper firmware version, for example &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Version 15r1&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on install&lt;br /&gt;
* Tick &amp;quot;I accept the terms of use&amp;quot; and continue by clicking on the install yellow button&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait until the install has been finished&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and reopen the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) again in order to refresh the list of the available colored AP plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; + Add an App&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and then on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Name&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; that is used as display name &#039;&#039;(all character allowed)&#039;&#039; for it and the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; name that is the administrative field &#039;&#039;(no space, no capital letters)&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;e.g : Name: Buttons, SIP: buttons&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click OK to save the settings and a green check mark will be shown to inform you that the configuration is good&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons User&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You also need a separate User Object in the pbx which is used from the buttons app. The app will register on this object for...&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;calls&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** an incoming call to this user will be used as trigger. therefor the incoming &#039;&#039;&#039;cgpn&#039;&#039;&#039; and sip of the internal caller and the &#039;&#039;&#039;cdpn&#039;&#039;&#039; as destination is used.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Triggernumber &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;99&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is reserved for Working Toggle. All other destination can be defined per user.&lt;br /&gt;
*** you can setup MWI-Function keys to the number of the buttons-user + append own number checkmark.&lt;br /&gt;
**** in the MWI Key example you will see the 8599 which combines the number of the buttons user &amp;quot;85&amp;quot; with the triggerbumber &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; for working toggle&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** if you want to use outgoing chats from the app you have to assign the chat app to this user&lt;br /&gt;
*** place &amp;quot;chat&amp;quot; in the Home Screen Apps. Just type it in like this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mwi-working.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mwi-working.png|/Buttons-mwi-working.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttosapp user chat.png|thumb|none|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Every mentioned Input Trigger can be multiple combined wit output actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Buttons overview.png|700px|/Buttons_overview.png|/Buttons_overview.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Input trigger ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== PhoneKeys / Dial In =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons app can be made available for calls via a dial-in number. This involves a comparison of the caller (cgpn, sip) and the number called (cdpn).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== myApps Windows Client (Hotkey) =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;&#039;myApps Windows Launcher&#039;&#039;&#039;, buttons can be assigned a hotkey. To do this, append the parameter &amp;amp;lt;code&amp;amp;gt;?hotkey=[number]&amp;amp;lt;/code&amp;amp;gt; to the name of the app object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your app object is named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and you want to assign hotkey number &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;, the entry would be: buttons?hotkey=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Shelly Devices =====&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be used as trigger devices in the Buttons app. To do this, the app opens another web socket below the app path.  The path name is “/shelly ” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: [https://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly wss://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Devices that can establish an outgoing websocket are supported. You can also work with BLE devices if you have a BLE gateway or other Shelly device that is capable of both BLE and Websocket, so that it could work as gateway for BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take a look to this video. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lkMEf7CpXHo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Buttons ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Button1 and Shelly BLU Gateway, but you can also use an other Shelly PRO or PLUS Device to handle BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Windows-/ Door Sensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Door/Window and Shelly BLU Gateway                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Motionsensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Motion and Shelly BLU Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Webhook (&#039;&#039;RestApi&#039;&#039;) ======&lt;br /&gt;
In the SettingsPlugin (PbxManager), you can define an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-path&#039;&#039;&#039; and an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-api-key&#039;&#039;&#039; that can be used by general systems to perform general actions (e.g., monitoring). The idea is that server-based communication is combined with dynamic output actions, which are not triggered by user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path and api-key a added to the reachable base url of the buttons app + /extapi. So, if your base url looks like this [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/] and you api-key is &amp;quot;Secretkey1234&amp;quot;, the url looks like this, to do a Post to Connect App via Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Example: [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======&#039;&#039;Webhook Get Parameters&#039;&#039;======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* key: your http-api, which you can define via SettingsPlugin&lt;br /&gt;
* type: type of output. at the moment only &amp;quot;connect&amp;quot; is possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* dst: destination for the action&lt;br /&gt;
* tags: tagging parameters for Connect Post&lt;br /&gt;
* msg: the content for your action.&lt;br /&gt;
* callto: (in case of Connect Post), also a call to a destination can be trigged&lt;br /&gt;
* srcqueue: the Waiting Queue Object, which should be used for the outgoing call. (you have to define it in the buttons-admin before).&lt;br /&gt;
* numbers:in case of call, a comma separated list of numbers can be placed, which should be get the call from the Waiting Queue Object&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Output actions ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to send a chatmessage to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to a notify a to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send. A Notifiy is just a notification to the client and works with the notification policies of the used client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat + Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a combination of both in one rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presence =====&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the presence of users. In case of the buttons-user app, it&#039;s to the own user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonemessage =====&lt;br /&gt;
Similiar to Chat, but it sends messages to innovaphone DesktPhones. As destination you can use the number or the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall =====&lt;br /&gt;
You need to assign a Waiting Queue via Buttons-Admin App. After that, this Waiting Queue is used to perform outgoing calls and stream the announcement. The Waiting Queue needs a special configuration. =&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Alert Timout = 0&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; otherwise it would not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall - Toggle =====&lt;br /&gt;
Same as &#039;&#039;&#039;Phonecall&#039;&#039;&#039;, but you can end the existing call with the same input trigge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Also it is possible to use this with ButtonDown and ButtonUp&lt;br /&gt;
* Press and hold a button we trigger the call. Release the button will end the existring call.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Connect App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Connect App is assigend to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to create ConnectPosts. Also if you combine ConnectPosts and Calls with the same trigger actions, also interactions of the phonecalls are presented to the Connect Post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Working App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Working App is assigned to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to control your Working App. Also the Dial In Number &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is reservered for Working Toggle. So, if your dial in number for buttons is 85, you can call 8599 from your extension and your working status is toggled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create own rules for working-start or working-stop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MQTT-Publish - (only in buttons-admin).&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Settings plugin it is now possible to connect the Buttons app to an existing MQTT broker. Once connected, you can simply add the TOPIC and CMD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you want to toggle all &amp;quot;tasmota&amp;quot; devices connected to the MQTT broker, you can use it as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mqtt-publish.png|thumb|/Buttons-mqtt-publish.png|none|/Buttons-mqtt-publish.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
We have created a short configuration tutorial on youtube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ut3NI59BNl4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79087</id>
		<title>Reference16r1:Concept Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79087"/>
		<updated>2026-03-11T14:10:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept|Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept App Service Buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To == &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone from version 16r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
The myApps Buttons App deals with the integration of IoT devices and PBX features as triggers. In principle, it is about linking certain input triggers to various output actions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) and open the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;AP app installer&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin. On the right panel, the App Store will be shown. &#039;&#039;Hint : if you access it for the first time, you will need to accept the &amp;quot;Terms of Use of the innovaphone App Store&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* In the search field located on the top right corner of the store, search for &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on it&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the proper firmware version, for example &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Version 15r1&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on install&lt;br /&gt;
* Tick &amp;quot;I accept the terms of use&amp;quot; and continue by clicking on the install yellow button&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait until the install has been finished&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and reopen the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) again in order to refresh the list of the available colored AP plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; + Add an App&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and then on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Name&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; that is used as display name &#039;&#039;(all character allowed)&#039;&#039; for it and the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; name that is the administrative field &#039;&#039;(no space, no capital letters)&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;e.g : Name: Buttons, SIP: buttons&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click OK to save the settings and a green check mark will be shown to inform you that the configuration is good&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons User&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You also need a separate User Object in the pbx which is used from the buttons app. The app will register on this object for...&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;calls&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** an incoming call to this user will be used as trigger. therefor the incoming &#039;&#039;&#039;cgpn&#039;&#039;&#039; and sip of the internal caller and the &#039;&#039;&#039;cdpn&#039;&#039;&#039; as destination is used.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Triggernumber &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;99&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is reserved for Working Toggle. All other destination can be defined per user.&lt;br /&gt;
*** you can setup MWI-Function keys to the number of the buttons-user + append own number checkmark.&lt;br /&gt;
**** in the MWI Key example you will see the 8599 which combines the number of the buttons user &amp;quot;85&amp;quot; with the triggerbumber &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; for working toggle&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** if you want to use outgoing chats from the app you have to assign the chat app to this user&lt;br /&gt;
*** place &amp;quot;chat&amp;quot; in the Home Screen Apps. Just type it in like this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mwi-working.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mwi-working.png|/Buttons-mwi-working.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttosapp user chat.png|thumb|none|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Every mentioned Input Trigger can be multiple combined wit output actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Buttons overview.png|700px|/Buttons_overview.png|/Buttons_overview.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Input trigger ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== PhoneKeys / Dial In =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons app can be made available for calls via a dial-in number. This involves a comparison of the caller (cgpn, sip) and the number called (cdpn).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== myApps Windows Client (Hotkey) =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;&#039;myApps Windows Launcher&#039;&#039;&#039;, buttons can be assigned a hotkey. To do this, append the parameter &amp;amp;lt;code&amp;amp;gt;?hotkey=[number]&amp;amp;lt;/code&amp;amp;gt; to the name of the app object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your app object is named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and you want to assign hotkey number &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;, the entry would be: buttons?hotkey=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Shelly Devices =====&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be used as trigger devices in the Buttons app. To do this, the app opens another web socket below the app path.  The path name is “/shelly ” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: [https://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly wss://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Devices that can establish an outgoing websocket are supported. You can also work with BLE devices if you have a BLE gateway or other Shelly device that is capable of both BLE and Websocket, so that it could work as gateway for BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take a look to this video. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lkMEf7CpXHo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Buttons ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Button1 and Shelly BLU Gateway, but you can also use an other Shelly PRO or PLUS Device to handle BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Windows-/ Door Sensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Door/Window and Shelly BLU Gateway                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Motionsensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Motion and Shelly BLU Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Webhook (&#039;&#039;RestApi&#039;&#039;) ======&lt;br /&gt;
In the SettingsPlugin (PbxManager), you can define an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-path&#039;&#039;&#039; and an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-api-key&#039;&#039;&#039; that can be used by general systems to perform general actions (e.g., monitoring). The idea is that server-based communication is combined with dynamic output actions, which are not triggered by user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path and api-key a added to the reachable base url of the buttons app + /extapi. So, if your base url looks like this [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/] and you api-key is &amp;quot;Secretkey1234&amp;quot;, the url looks like this, to do a Post to Connect App via Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Example: [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======&#039;&#039;Webhook Get Parameters&#039;&#039;======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* key: your http-api, which you can define via SettingsPlugin&lt;br /&gt;
* type: type of output. at the moment only &amp;quot;connect&amp;quot; is possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* dst: destination for the action&lt;br /&gt;
* tags: tagging parameters for Connect Post&lt;br /&gt;
* msg: the content for your action.&lt;br /&gt;
* callto: (in case of Connect Post), also a call to a destination can be trigged&lt;br /&gt;
* srcqueue: the Waiting Queue Object, which should be used for the outgoing call. (you have to define it in the buttons-admin before).&lt;br /&gt;
* numbers:in case of call, a comma separated list of numbers can be placed, which should be get the call from the Waiting Queue Object&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Output actions ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to send a chatmessage to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to a notify a to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send. A Notifiy is just a notification to the client and works with the notification policies of the used client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat + Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a combination of both in one rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presence =====&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the presence of users. In case of the buttons-user app, it&#039;s to the own user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonemessage =====&lt;br /&gt;
Similiar to Chat, but it sends messages to innovaphone DesktPhones. As destination you can use the number or the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall =====&lt;br /&gt;
You need to assign a Waiting Queue via Buttons-Admin App. After that, this Waiting Queue is used to perform outgoing calls and stream the announcement. The Waiting Queue needs a special configuration. =&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Alert Timout = 0&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; otherwise it would not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall - Toggle =====&lt;br /&gt;
Same as &#039;&#039;&#039;Phonecall&#039;&#039;&#039;, but you can end the existing call with the same input trigge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Also it is possible to use this with ButtonDown and ButtonUp&lt;br /&gt;
* Press and hold a button we trigger the call. Release the button will end the existring call.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Connect App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Connect App is assigend to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to create ConnectPosts. Also if you combine ConnectPosts and Calls with the same trigger actions, also interactions of the phonecalls are presented to the Connect Post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Working App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Working App is assigned to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to control your Working App. Also the Dial In Number &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is reservered for Working Toggle. So, if your dial in number for buttons is 85, you can call 8599 from your extension and your working status is toggled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create own rules for working-start or working-stop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MQTT-Publish - (only in buttons-admin).&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Settings plugin it is now possible to connect the Buttons app to an existing MQTT broker. Once connected, you can simply add the TOPIC and CMD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you want to toggle all &amp;quot;tasmota&amp;quot; devices connected to the MQTT broker, you can use it as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mqtt-publish.png|thumb|/Buttons-mqtt-publish.png|/Buttons-mqtt-publish.png|none]] &amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
We have created a short configuration tutorial on youtube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ut3NI59BNl4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79086</id>
		<title>Reference16r1:Concept Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79086"/>
		<updated>2026-03-11T14:09:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Buttons App - Overview */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept|Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept App Service Buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To == &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone from version 16r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
The myApps Buttons App deals with the integration of IoT devices and PBX features as triggers. In principle, it is about linking certain input triggers to various output actions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) and open the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;AP app installer&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin. On the right panel, the App Store will be shown. &#039;&#039;Hint : if you access it for the first time, you will need to accept the &amp;quot;Terms of Use of the innovaphone App Store&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* In the search field located on the top right corner of the store, search for &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on it&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the proper firmware version, for example &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Version 15r1&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on install&lt;br /&gt;
* Tick &amp;quot;I accept the terms of use&amp;quot; and continue by clicking on the install yellow button&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait until the install has been finished&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and reopen the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) again in order to refresh the list of the available colored AP plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; + Add an App&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and then on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Name&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; that is used as display name &#039;&#039;(all character allowed)&#039;&#039; for it and the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; name that is the administrative field &#039;&#039;(no space, no capital letters)&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;e.g : Name: Buttons, SIP: buttons&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click OK to save the settings and a green check mark will be shown to inform you that the configuration is good&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons User&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You also need a separate User Object in the pbx which is used from the buttons app. The app will register on this object for...&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;calls&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** an incoming call to this user will be used as trigger. therefor the incoming &#039;&#039;&#039;cgpn&#039;&#039;&#039; and sip of the internal caller and the &#039;&#039;&#039;cdpn&#039;&#039;&#039; as destination is used.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Triggernumber &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;99&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is reserved for Working Toggle. All other destination can be defined per user.&lt;br /&gt;
*** you can setup MWI-Function keys to the number of the buttons-user + append own number checkmark.&lt;br /&gt;
**** in the MWI Key example you will see the 8599 which combines the number of the buttons user &amp;quot;85&amp;quot; with the triggerbumber &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; for working toggle&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** if you want to use outgoing chats from the app you have to assign the chat app to this user&lt;br /&gt;
*** place &amp;quot;chat&amp;quot; in the Home Screen Apps. Just type it in like this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mwi-working.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mwi-working.png|/Buttons-mwi-working.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttosapp user chat.png|thumb|none|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Every mentioned Input Trigger can be multiple combined wit output actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Buttons overview.png|700px|/Buttons_overview.png|/Buttons_overview.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Input trigger ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== PhoneKeys / Dial In =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons app can be made available for calls via a dial-in number. This involves a comparison of the caller (cgpn, sip) and the number called (cdpn).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== myApps Windows Client (Hotkey) =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;&#039;myApps Windows Launcher&#039;&#039;&#039;, buttons can be assigned a hotkey. To do this, append the parameter &amp;amp;lt;code&amp;amp;gt;?hotkey=[number]&amp;amp;lt;/code&amp;amp;gt; to the name of the app object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your app object is named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and you want to assign hotkey number &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;, the entry would be: buttons?hotkey=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Shelly Devices =====&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be used as trigger devices in the Buttons app. To do this, the app opens another web socket below the app path.  The path name is “/shelly ” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: [https://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly wss://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Devices that can establish an outgoing websocket are supported. You can also work with BLE devices if you have a BLE gateway or other Shelly device that is capable of both BLE and Websocket, so that it could work as gateway for BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take a look to this video. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lkMEf7CpXHo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Buttons ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Button1 and Shelly BLU Gateway, but you can also use an other Shelly PRO or PLUS Device to handle BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Windows-/ Door Sensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Door/Window and Shelly BLU Gateway                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Motionsensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Motion and Shelly BLU Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Webhook (&#039;&#039;RestApi&#039;&#039;) ======&lt;br /&gt;
In the SettingsPlugin (PbxManager), you can define an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-path&#039;&#039;&#039; and an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-api-key&#039;&#039;&#039; that can be used by general systems to perform general actions (e.g., monitoring). The idea is that server-based communication is combined with dynamic output actions, which are not triggered by user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path and api-key a added to the reachable base url of the buttons app + /extapi. So, if your base url looks like this [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/] and you api-key is &amp;quot;Secretkey1234&amp;quot;, the url looks like this, to do a Post to Connect App via Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Example: [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======&#039;&#039;Webhook Get Parameters&#039;&#039;======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* key: your http-api, which you can define via SettingsPlugin&lt;br /&gt;
* type: type of output. at the moment only &amp;quot;connect&amp;quot; is possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* dst: destination for the action&lt;br /&gt;
* tags: tagging parameters for Connect Post&lt;br /&gt;
* msg: the content for your action.&lt;br /&gt;
* callto: (in case of Connect Post), also a call to a destination can be trigged&lt;br /&gt;
* srcqueue: the Waiting Queue Object, which should be used for the outgoing call. (you have to define it in the buttons-admin before).&lt;br /&gt;
* numbers:in case of call, a comma separated list of numbers can be placed, which should be get the call from the Waiting Queue Object&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Output actions ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to send a chatmessage to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to a notify a to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send. A Notifiy is just a notification to the client and works with the notification policies of the used client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat + Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a combination of both in one rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presence =====&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the presence of users. In case of the buttons-user app, it&#039;s to the own user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonemessage =====&lt;br /&gt;
Similiar to Chat, but it sends messages to innovaphone DesktPhones. As destination you can use the number or the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall =====&lt;br /&gt;
You need to assign a Waiting Queue via Buttons-Admin App. After that, this Waiting Queue is used to perform outgoing calls and stream the announcement. The Waiting Queue needs a special configuration. =&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Alert Timout = 0&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; otherwise it would not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall - Toggle =====&lt;br /&gt;
Same as &#039;&#039;&#039;Phonecall&#039;&#039;&#039;, but you can end the existing call with the same input trigge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Also it is possible to use this with ButtonDown and ButtonUp&lt;br /&gt;
* Press and hold a button we trigger the call. Release the button will end the existring call.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Connect App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Connect App is assigend to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to create ConnectPosts. Also if you combine ConnectPosts and Calls with the same trigger actions, also interactions of the phonecalls are presented to the Connect Post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Working App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Working App is assigned to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to control your Working App. Also the Dial In Number &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is reservered for Working Toggle. So, if your dial in number for buttons is 85, you can call 8599 from your extension and your working status is toggled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create own rules for working-start or working-stop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MQTT-Publish - (only in buttons-admin).&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Settings plugin it is now possible to connect the Buttons app to an existing MQTT broker. Once connected, you can simply add the TOPIC and CMD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you want to toggle all &amp;quot;tasmota&amp;quot; devices connected to the MQTT broker, you can use it as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mqtt-publish.png|left|thumb|/Buttons-mqtt-publish.png]] &amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
We have created a short configuration tutorial on youtube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ut3NI59BNl4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79085</id>
		<title>Reference16r1:Concept Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79085"/>
		<updated>2026-03-11T14:09:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept|Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept App Service Buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To == &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone from version 16r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
The myApps Buttons App deals with the integration of IoT devices and PBX features as triggers. In principle, it is about linking certain input triggers to various output actions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) and open the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;AP app installer&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin. On the right panel, the App Store will be shown. &#039;&#039;Hint : if you access it for the first time, you will need to accept the &amp;quot;Terms of Use of the innovaphone App Store&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* In the search field located on the top right corner of the store, search for &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on it&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the proper firmware version, for example &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Version 15r1&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on install&lt;br /&gt;
* Tick &amp;quot;I accept the terms of use&amp;quot; and continue by clicking on the install yellow button&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait until the install has been finished&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and reopen the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) again in order to refresh the list of the available colored AP plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; + Add an App&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and then on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Name&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; that is used as display name &#039;&#039;(all character allowed)&#039;&#039; for it and the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; name that is the administrative field &#039;&#039;(no space, no capital letters)&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;e.g : Name: Buttons, SIP: buttons&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click OK to save the settings and a green check mark will be shown to inform you that the configuration is good&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons User&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You also need a separate User Object in the pbx which is used from the buttons app. The app will register on this object for...&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;calls&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** an incoming call to this user will be used as trigger. therefor the incoming &#039;&#039;&#039;cgpn&#039;&#039;&#039; and sip of the internal caller and the &#039;&#039;&#039;cdpn&#039;&#039;&#039; as destination is used.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Triggernumber &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;99&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is reserved for Working Toggle. All other destination can be defined per user.&lt;br /&gt;
*** you can setup MWI-Function keys to the number of the buttons-user + append own number checkmark.&lt;br /&gt;
**** in the MWI Key example you will see the 8599 which combines the number of the buttons user &amp;quot;85&amp;quot; with the triggerbumber &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; for working toggle&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** if you want to use outgoing chats from the app you have to assign the chat app to this user&lt;br /&gt;
*** place &amp;quot;chat&amp;quot; in the Home Screen Apps. Just type it in like this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mwi-working.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mwi-working.png|/Buttons-mwi-working.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttosapp user chat.png|thumb|none|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Every mentioned Input Trigger can be multiple combined wit output actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Buttons overview.png|700px|/Buttons_overview.png|/Buttons_overview.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Input trigger ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== PhoneKeys / Dial In =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons app can be made available for calls via a dial-in number. This involves a comparison of the caller (cgpn, sip) and the number called (cdpn).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== myApps Windows Client (Hotkey) =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;&#039;myApps Windows Launcher&#039;&#039;&#039;, buttons can be assigned a hotkey. To do this, append the parameter &amp;amp;lt;code&amp;amp;gt;?hotkey=[number]&amp;amp;lt;/code&amp;amp;gt; to the name of the app object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your app object is named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and you want to assign hotkey number &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;, the entry would be: buttons?hotkey=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Shelly Devices =====&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be used as trigger devices in the Buttons app. To do this, the app opens another web socket below the app path.  The path name is “/shelly ” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: [https://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly wss://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Devices that can establish an outgoing websocket are supported. You can also work with BLE devices if you have a BLE gateway or other Shelly device that is capable of both BLE and Websocket, so that it could work as gateway for BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take a look to this video. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lkMEf7CpXHo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Buttons ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Button1 and Shelly BLU Gateway, but you can also use an other Shelly PRO or PLUS Device to handle BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Windows-/ Door Sensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Door/Window and Shelly BLU Gateway                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Motionsensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Motion and Shelly BLU Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Webhook (&#039;&#039;RestApi&#039;&#039;) ======&lt;br /&gt;
In the SettingsPlugin (PbxManager), you can define an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-path&#039;&#039;&#039; and an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-api-key&#039;&#039;&#039; that can be used by general systems to perform general actions (e.g., monitoring). The idea is that server-based communication is combined with dynamic output actions, which are not triggered by user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path and api-key a added to the reachable base url of the buttons app + /extapi. So, if your base url looks like this [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/] and you api-key is &amp;quot;Secretkey1234&amp;quot;, the url looks like this, to do a Post to Connect App via Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Example: [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======&#039;&#039;Webhook Get Parameters&#039;&#039;======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* key: your http-api, which you can define via SettingsPlugin&lt;br /&gt;
* type: type of output. at the moment only &amp;quot;connect&amp;quot; is possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* dst: destination for the action&lt;br /&gt;
* tags: tagging parameters for Connect Post&lt;br /&gt;
* msg: the content for your action.&lt;br /&gt;
* callto: (in case of Connect Post), also a call to a destination can be trigged&lt;br /&gt;
* srcqueue: the Waiting Queue Object, which should be used for the outgoing call. (you have to define it in the buttons-admin before).&lt;br /&gt;
* numbers:in case of call, a comma separated list of numbers can be placed, which should be get the call from the Waiting Queue Object&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Output actions ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to send a chatmessage to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to a notify a to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send. A Notifiy is just a notification to the client and works with the notification policies of the used client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat + Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a combination of both in one rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presence =====&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the presence of users. In case of the buttons-user app, it&#039;s to the own user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonemessage =====&lt;br /&gt;
Similiar to Chat, but it sends messages to innovaphone DesktPhones. As destination you can use the number or the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall =====&lt;br /&gt;
You need to assign a Waiting Queue via Buttons-Admin App. After that, this Waiting Queue is used to perform outgoing calls and stream the announcement. The Waiting Queue needs a special configuration. =&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Alert Timout = 0&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; otherwise it would not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall - Toggle =====&lt;br /&gt;
Same as &#039;&#039;&#039;Phonecall&#039;&#039;&#039;, but you can end the existing call with the same input trigge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Also it is possible to use this with ButtonDown and ButtonUp&lt;br /&gt;
* Press and hold a button we trigger the call. Release the button will end the existring call.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Connect App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Connect App is assigend to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to create ConnectPosts. Also if you combine ConnectPosts and Calls with the same trigger actions, also interactions of the phonecalls are presented to the Connect Post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Working App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Working App is assigned to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to control your Working App. Also the Dial In Number &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is reservered for Working Toggle. So, if your dial in number for buttons is 85, you can call 8599 from your extension and your working status is toggled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create own rules for working-start or working-stop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MQTT-Publish - (only in buttons-admin).&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Settings plugin it is now possible to connect the Buttons app to an existing MQTT broker. Once connected, you can simply add the TOPIC and CMD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you want to toggle all &amp;quot;tasmota&amp;quot; devices connected to the MQTT broker, you can use it as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mqtt-publish.png|left|thumb|/Buttons-mqtt-publish.png]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
We have created a short configuration tutorial on youtube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ut3NI59BNl4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79084</id>
		<title>Reference16r1:Concept Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79084"/>
		<updated>2026-03-11T14:08:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept|Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept App Service Buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To == &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone from version 16r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
The myApps Buttons App deals with the integration of IoT devices and PBX features as triggers. In principle, it is about linking certain input triggers to various output actions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) and open the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;AP app installer&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin. On the right panel, the App Store will be shown. &#039;&#039;Hint : if you access it for the first time, you will need to accept the &amp;quot;Terms of Use of the innovaphone App Store&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* In the search field located on the top right corner of the store, search for &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on it&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the proper firmware version, for example &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Version 15r1&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on install&lt;br /&gt;
* Tick &amp;quot;I accept the terms of use&amp;quot; and continue by clicking on the install yellow button&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait until the install has been finished&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and reopen the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) again in order to refresh the list of the available colored AP plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; + Add an App&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and then on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Name&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; that is used as display name &#039;&#039;(all character allowed)&#039;&#039; for it and the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; name that is the administrative field &#039;&#039;(no space, no capital letters)&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;e.g : Name: Buttons, SIP: buttons&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click OK to save the settings and a green check mark will be shown to inform you that the configuration is good&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons User&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You also need a separate User Object in the pbx which is used from the buttons app. The app will register on this object for...&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;calls&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** an incoming call to this user will be used as trigger. therefor the incoming &#039;&#039;&#039;cgpn&#039;&#039;&#039; and sip of the internal caller and the &#039;&#039;&#039;cdpn&#039;&#039;&#039; as destination is used.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Triggernumber &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;99&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is reserved for Working Toggle. All other destination can be defined per user.&lt;br /&gt;
*** you can setup MWI-Function keys to the number of the buttons-user + append own number checkmark.&lt;br /&gt;
**** in the MWI Key example you will see the 8599 which combines the number of the buttons user &amp;quot;85&amp;quot; with the triggerbumber &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; for working toggle&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** if you want to use outgoing chats from the app you have to assign the chat app to this user&lt;br /&gt;
*** place &amp;quot;chat&amp;quot; in the Home Screen Apps. Just type it in like this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mwi-working.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mwi-working.png|/Buttons-mwi-working.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttosapp user chat.png|thumb|none|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Every mentioned Input Trigger can be multiple combined wit output actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Buttons overview.png|700px|/Buttons_overview.png|/Buttons_overview.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Input trigger ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== PhoneKeys / Dial In =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons app can be made available for calls via a dial-in number. This involves a comparison of the caller (cgpn, sip) and the number called (cdpn).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== myApps Windows Client (Hotkey) =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;&#039;myApps Windows Launcher&#039;&#039;&#039;, buttons can be assigned a hotkey. To do this, append the parameter &amp;amp;lt;code&amp;amp;gt;?hotkey=[number]&amp;amp;lt;/code&amp;amp;gt; to the name of the app object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your app object is named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and you want to assign hotkey number &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;, the entry would be: buttons?hotkey=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Shelly Devices =====&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be used as trigger devices in the Buttons app. To do this, the app opens another web socket below the app path.  The path name is “/shelly ” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: [https://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly wss://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Devices that can establish an outgoing websocket are supported. You can also work with BLE devices if you have a BLE gateway or other Shelly device that is capable of both BLE and Websocket, so that it could work as gateway for BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take a look to this video. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lkMEf7CpXHo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Buttons ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Button1 and Shelly BLU Gateway, but you can also use an other Shelly PRO or PLUS Device to handle BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Windows-/ Door Sensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Door/Window and Shelly BLU Gateway                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Motionsensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Motion and Shelly BLU Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Webhook (&#039;&#039;RestApi&#039;&#039;) ======&lt;br /&gt;
In the SettingsPlugin (PbxManager), you can define an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-path&#039;&#039;&#039; and an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-api-key&#039;&#039;&#039; that can be used by general systems to perform general actions (e.g., monitoring). The idea is that server-based communication is combined with dynamic output actions, which are not triggered by user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path and api-key a added to the reachable base url of the buttons app + /extapi. So, if your base url looks like this [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/] and you api-key is &amp;quot;Secretkey1234&amp;quot;, the url looks like this, to do a Post to Connect App via Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Example: [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======&#039;&#039;Webhook Get Parameters&#039;&#039;======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* key: your http-api, which you can define via SettingsPlugin&lt;br /&gt;
* type: type of output. at the moment only &amp;quot;connect&amp;quot; is possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* dst: destination for the action&lt;br /&gt;
* tags: tagging parameters for Connect Post&lt;br /&gt;
* msg: the content for your action.&lt;br /&gt;
* callto: (in case of Connect Post), also a call to a destination can be trigged&lt;br /&gt;
* srcqueue: the Waiting Queue Object, which should be used for the outgoing call. (you have to define it in the buttons-admin before).&lt;br /&gt;
* numbers:in case of call, a comma separated list of numbers can be placed, which should be get the call from the Waiting Queue Object&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Output actions ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to send a chatmessage to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to a notify a to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send. A Notifiy is just a notification to the client and works with the notification policies of the used client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat + Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a combination of both in one rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presence =====&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the presence of users. In case of the buttons-user app, it&#039;s to the own user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonemessage =====&lt;br /&gt;
Similiar to Chat, but it sends messages to innovaphone DesktPhones. As destination you can use the number or the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall =====&lt;br /&gt;
You need to assign a Waiting Queue via Buttons-Admin App. After that, this Waiting Queue is used to perform outgoing calls and stream the announcement. The Waiting Queue needs a special configuration. =&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Alert Timout = 0&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; otherwise it would not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall - Toggle =====&lt;br /&gt;
Same as &#039;&#039;&#039;Phonecall&#039;&#039;&#039;, but you can end the existing call with the same input trigge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Also it is possible to use this with ButtonDown and ButtonUp&lt;br /&gt;
* Press and hold a button we trigger the call. Release the button will end the existring call.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Connect App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Connect App is assigend to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to create ConnectPosts. Also if you combine ConnectPosts and Calls with the same trigger actions, also interactions of the phonecalls are presented to the Connect Post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Working App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Working App is assigned to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to control your Working App. Also the Dial In Number &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is reservered for Working Toggle. So, if your dial in number for buttons is 85, you can call 8599 from your extension and your working status is toggled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create own rules for working-start or working-stop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MQTT-Publish - (only in buttons-admin).&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Settings plugin it is now possible to connect the Buttons app to an existing MQTT broker. Once connected, you can simply add the TOPIC and CMD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you want to toggle all &amp;quot;tasmota&amp;quot; devices connected to the MQTT broker, you can use it as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mqtt-publish.png|left|thumb|/Buttons-mqtt-publish.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
We have created a short configuration tutorial on youtube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ut3NI59BNl4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79083</id>
		<title>Reference16r1:Concept Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79083"/>
		<updated>2026-03-11T14:07:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Output actions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept|Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept App Service Buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To == &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone from version 16r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
The myApps Buttons App deals with the integration of IoT devices and PBX features as triggers. In principle, it is about linking certain input triggers to various output actions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) and open the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;AP app installer&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin. On the right panel, the App Store will be shown. &#039;&#039;Hint : if you access it for the first time, you will need to accept the &amp;quot;Terms of Use of the innovaphone App Store&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* In the search field located on the top right corner of the store, search for &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on it&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the proper firmware version, for example &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Version 15r1&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on install&lt;br /&gt;
* Tick &amp;quot;I accept the terms of use&amp;quot; and continue by clicking on the install yellow button&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait until the install has been finished&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and reopen the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) again in order to refresh the list of the available colored AP plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; + Add an App&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and then on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Name&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; that is used as display name &#039;&#039;(all character allowed)&#039;&#039; for it and the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; name that is the administrative field &#039;&#039;(no space, no capital letters)&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;e.g : Name: Buttons, SIP: buttons&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click OK to save the settings and a green check mark will be shown to inform you that the configuration is good&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons User&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You also need a separate User Object in the pbx which is used from the buttons app. The app will register on this object for...&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;calls&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** an incoming call to this user will be used as trigger. therefor the incoming &#039;&#039;&#039;cgpn&#039;&#039;&#039; and sip of the internal caller and the &#039;&#039;&#039;cdpn&#039;&#039;&#039; as destination is used.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Triggernumber &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;99&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is reserved for Working Toggle. All other destination can be defined per user.&lt;br /&gt;
*** you can setup MWI-Function keys to the number of the buttons-user + append own number checkmark.&lt;br /&gt;
**** in the MWI Key example you will see the 8599 which combines the number of the buttons user &amp;quot;85&amp;quot; with the triggerbumber &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; for working toggle&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** if you want to use outgoing chats from the app you have to assign the chat app to this user&lt;br /&gt;
*** place &amp;quot;chat&amp;quot; in the Home Screen Apps. Just type it in like this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mwi-working.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mwi-working.png|/Buttons-mwi-working.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttosapp user chat.png|thumb|none|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Every mentioned Input Trigger can be multiple combined wit output actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Buttons overview.png|700px|/Buttons_overview.png|/Buttons_overview.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Input trigger ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== PhoneKeys / Dial In =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons app can be made available for calls via a dial-in number. This involves a comparison of the caller (cgpn, sip) and the number called (cdpn).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== myApps Windows Client (Hotkey) =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;&#039;myApps Windows Launcher&#039;&#039;&#039;, buttons can be assigned a hotkey. To do this, append the parameter &amp;amp;lt;code&amp;amp;gt;?hotkey=[number]&amp;amp;lt;/code&amp;amp;gt; to the name of the app object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your app object is named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and you want to assign hotkey number &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;, the entry would be: buttons?hotkey=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Shelly Devices =====&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be used as trigger devices in the Buttons app. To do this, the app opens another web socket below the app path.  The path name is “/shelly ” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: [https://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly wss://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Devices that can establish an outgoing websocket are supported. You can also work with BLE devices if you have a BLE gateway or other Shelly device that is capable of both BLE and Websocket, so that it could work as gateway for BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take a look to this video. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lkMEf7CpXHo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Buttons ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Button1 and Shelly BLU Gateway, but you can also use an other Shelly PRO or PLUS Device to handle BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Windows-/ Door Sensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Door/Window and Shelly BLU Gateway                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Motionsensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Motion and Shelly BLU Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Webhook (&#039;&#039;RestApi&#039;&#039;) ======&lt;br /&gt;
In the SettingsPlugin (PbxManager), you can define an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-path&#039;&#039;&#039; and an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-api-key&#039;&#039;&#039; that can be used by general systems to perform general actions (e.g., monitoring). The idea is that server-based communication is combined with dynamic output actions, which are not triggered by user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path and api-key a added to the reachable base url of the buttons app + /extapi. So, if your base url looks like this [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/] and you api-key is &amp;quot;Secretkey1234&amp;quot;, the url looks like this, to do a Post to Connect App via Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Example: [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======&#039;&#039;Webhook Get Parameters&#039;&#039;======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* key: your http-api, which you can define via SettingsPlugin&lt;br /&gt;
* type: type of output. at the moment only &amp;quot;connect&amp;quot; is possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* dst: destination for the action&lt;br /&gt;
* tags: tagging parameters for Connect Post&lt;br /&gt;
* msg: the content for your action.&lt;br /&gt;
* callto: (in case of Connect Post), also a call to a destination can be trigged&lt;br /&gt;
* srcqueue: the Waiting Queue Object, which should be used for the outgoing call. (you have to define it in the buttons-admin before).&lt;br /&gt;
* numbers:in case of call, a comma separated list of numbers can be placed, which should be get the call from the Waiting Queue Object&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Output actions ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to send a chatmessage to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to a notify a to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send. A Notifiy is just a notification to the client and works with the notification policies of the used client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat + Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a combination of both in one rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presence =====&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the presence of users. In case of the buttons-user app, it&#039;s to the own user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonemessage =====&lt;br /&gt;
Similiar to Chat, but it sends messages to innovaphone DesktPhones. As destination you can use the number or the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall =====&lt;br /&gt;
You need to assign a Waiting Queue via Buttons-Admin App. After that, this Waiting Queue is used to perform outgoing calls and stream the announcement. The Waiting Queue needs a special configuration. =&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Alert Timout = 0&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; otherwise it would not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall - Toggle =====&lt;br /&gt;
Same as &#039;&#039;&#039;Phonecall&#039;&#039;&#039;, but you can end the existing call with the same input trigge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Also it is possible to use this with ButtonDown and ButtonUp&lt;br /&gt;
* Press and hold a button we trigger the call. Release the button will end the existring call.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Connect App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Connect App is assigend to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to create ConnectPosts. Also if you combine ConnectPosts and Calls with the same trigger actions, also interactions of the phonecalls are presented to the Connect Post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Working App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Working App is assigned to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to control your Working App. Also the Dial In Number &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is reservered for Working Toggle. So, if your dial in number for buttons is 85, you can call 8599 from your extension and your working status is toggled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create own rules for working-start or working-stop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MQTT-Publish - (only in buttons-admin).&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Settings plugin it is now possible to connect the Buttons app to an existing MQTT broker. Once connected, you can simply add the TOPIC and CMD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you want to toggle all &amp;quot;tasmota&amp;quot; devices connected to the MQTT broker, you can use it as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mqtt-publish.png|left|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
We have created a short configuration tutorial on youtube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ut3NI59BNl4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Buttons-mqtt-publish.png&amp;diff=79082</id>
		<title>File:Buttons-mqtt-publish.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Buttons-mqtt-publish.png&amp;diff=79082"/>
		<updated>2026-03-11T14:05:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;buttons-mqtt-publish&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79080</id>
		<title>Reference15r1:Concept Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=79080"/>
		<updated>2026-03-11T13:03:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Overview */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept|Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept App Service Buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone from version 15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The myApps Buttons App deals with the integration of IoT devices and PBX features as triggers. In principle, it is about linking certain input triggers to various output actions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) and open the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;AP app installer&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin. On the right panel, the App Store will be shown. &#039;&#039;Hint : if you access it for the first time, you will need to accept the &amp;quot;Terms of Use of the innovaphone App Store&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* In the search field located on the top right corner of the store, search for &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on it&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the proper firmware version, for example &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Version 15r1&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on install&lt;br /&gt;
* Tick &amp;quot;I accept the terms of use&amp;quot; and continue by clicking on the install yellow button&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait until the install has been finished&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and reopen the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) again in order to refresh the list of the available colored AP plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; + Add an App&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and then on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Name&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; that is used as display name &#039;&#039;(all character allowed)&#039;&#039; for it and the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; name that is the administrative field &#039;&#039;(no space, no capital letters)&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;e.g : Name: Buttons, SIP: buttons&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click OK to save the settings and a green check mark will be shown to inform you that the configuration is good&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons User&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You also need a separate User Object in the pbx which is used from the buttons app. The app will register on this object for...&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;calls&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** an incoming call to this user will be used as trigger. therefor the incoming &#039;&#039;&#039;cgpn&#039;&#039;&#039; and sip of the internal caller and the &#039;&#039;&#039;cdpn&#039;&#039;&#039; as destination is used.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Triggernumber &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;99&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is reserved for Working Toggle. All other destination can be defined per user.&lt;br /&gt;
*** you can setup MWI-Function keys to the number of the buttons-user + append own number checkmark.&lt;br /&gt;
**** in the MWI Key example you will see the 8599 which combines the number of the buttons user &amp;quot;85&amp;quot; with the triggerbumber &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; for working toggle&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** if you want to use outgoing chats from the app you have to assign the chat app to this user&lt;br /&gt;
*** place &amp;quot;chat&amp;quot; in the Home Screen Apps. Just type it in like this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mwi-working.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mwi-working.png|/Buttons-mwi-working.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttosapp user chat.png|thumb|none|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Every mentioned Input Trigger can be multiple combined wit output actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Buttons overview.png|700px|/Buttons_overview.png|/Buttons_overview.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Input trigger ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== PhoneKeys / Dial In =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons app can be made available for calls via a dial-in number. This involves a comparison of the caller (cgpn, sip) and the number called (cdpn).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== myApps Windows Client (Hotkey) =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;&#039;myApps Windows Launcher&#039;&#039;&#039;, buttons can be assigned a hotkey. To do this, append the parameter &amp;amp;lt;code&amp;amp;gt;?hotkey=[number]&amp;amp;lt;/code&amp;amp;gt; to the name of the app object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your app object is named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and you want to assign hotkey number &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;, the entry would be: buttons?hotkey=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Shelly Devices =====&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be used as trigger devices in the Buttons app. To do this, the app opens another web socket below the app path.  The path name is “/shelly ” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: [https://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly wss://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Devices that can establish an outgoing websocket are supported. You can also work with BLE devices if you have a BLE gateway or other Shelly device that is capable of both BLE and Websocket, so that it could work as gateway for BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take a look to this video. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lkMEf7CpXHo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Buttons ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Button1 and Shelly BLU Gateway, but you can also use an other Shelly PRO or PLUS Device to handle BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Windows-/ Door Sensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Door/Window and Shelly BLU Gateway                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Motionsensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Motion and Shelly BLU Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Webhook (&#039;&#039;RestApi&#039;&#039;) ======&lt;br /&gt;
In the SettingsPlugin (PbxManager), you can define an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-path&#039;&#039;&#039; and an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-api-key&#039;&#039;&#039; that can be used by general systems to perform general actions (e.g., monitoring). The idea is that server-based communication is combined with dynamic output actions, which are not triggered by user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path and api-key a added to the reachable base url of the buttons app + /extapi. So, if your base url looks like this [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/] and you api-key is &amp;quot;Secretkey1234&amp;quot;, the url looks like this, to do a Post to Connect App via Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Example: [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======&#039;&#039;Webhook Get Parameters&#039;&#039;======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* key: your http-api, which you can define via SettingsPlugin&lt;br /&gt;
* type: type of output. at the moment only &amp;quot;connect&amp;quot; is possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* dst: destination for the action&lt;br /&gt;
* tags: tagging parameters for Connect Post&lt;br /&gt;
* msg: the content for your action.&lt;br /&gt;
* callto: (in case of Connect Post), also a call to a destination can be trigged&lt;br /&gt;
* srcqueue: the Waiting Queue Object, which should be used for the outgoing call. (you have to define it in the buttons-admin before).&lt;br /&gt;
* numbers:in case of call, a comma separated list of numbers can be placed, which should be get the call from the Waiting Queue Object&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Output actions ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to send a chatmessage to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to a notify a to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send. A Notifiy is just a notification to the client and works with the notification policies of the used client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat + Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a combination of both in one rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presence =====&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the presence of users. In case of the buttons-user app, it&#039;s to the own user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonemessage =====&lt;br /&gt;
Similiar to Chat, but it sends messages to innovaphone DesktPhones. As destination you can use the number or the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall =====&lt;br /&gt;
You need to assign a Waiting Queue via Buttons-Admin App. After that, this Waiting Queue is used to perform outgoing calls and stream the announcement. The Waiting Queue needs a special configuration. =&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Alert Timout = 0&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; otherwise it would not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Connect App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Connect App is assigend to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to create ConnectPosts. Also if you combine ConnectPosts and Calls with the same trigger actions, also interactions of the phonecalls are presented to the Connect Post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Working App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Working App is assigned to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to control your Working App. Also the Dial In Number &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is reservered for Working Toggle. So, if your dial in number for buttons is 85, you can call 8599 from your extension and your working status is toggled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create own rules for working-start or working-stop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have created a short configuration tutorial on youtube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ut3NI59BNl4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_App_Service_Working&amp;diff=79059</id>
		<title>Reference16r1:Concept App Service Working</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Concept_App_Service_Working&amp;diff=79059"/>
		<updated>2026-03-09T12:58:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Working */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Working App is used to record working hours and manage absences. The Working User app can be used to start/stop time tracking and create vacation requests. There is also an admin app (Working Manager) which allows users to view working hours and approve vacation requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX from version 16r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Requirements==&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone Application Platform&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone myApps&lt;br /&gt;
* Firmware V16r1 beta1 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
* License “App(innovaphone-working)” (order no. 02-00050-010) per application-user&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Concept==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The innovaphone Service Working App is an application for digital time and absence management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It consists of two parts:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Working User App&#039;&#039;&#039; – used by employees to track their working hours (via clock-in/clock-out or manual entries) and to manage absence requests such as vacation or leave. Time entries and vacation requests must be confirmed (=submitted) before they appear in the admin app. Once confirmed, they can no longer be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Working Manager App&#039;&#039;&#039; – used by administrators or managers to view and manage working time and absence information for all users. It also allows approval or rejection of vacation requests and provides access to configuration settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How it works==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first time a user starts the Working App on myApps a new entry is created in the database for this user, based on the &amp;quot;Name&amp;quot; of this user, which will be used to store all the working hours entries, vacation days, sick days and national holidays. Entering the working hours is a two step task, because after defining the start/stop time it is also necessary to &amp;quot;confirm/submit&amp;quot; these hours as correct, after the confirmation is done the user can&#039;t change them anymore and they will be displayed on the admin app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Working manager App the list of the users&#039; names is based on the &amp;quot;Display Name&amp;quot;, if no DN is set then the &amp;quot;Name&amp;quot; will be used. Once the users have opened the working app at least once, they will appear in the list of all users in the Working Manager App. The app adds a red mark when an user does not fulfill the working hours regulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Features ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== Working time tracking and costume work types =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Work time account: Overview of the current work time balance &lt;br /&gt;
* Add pre-defined labels to working times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Working time regulations =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Timeout to submit entries (days): max interval the user has to submit the working hours.&lt;br /&gt;
* Min break time after 6 hours: min break time if the user has worked more than 6 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
* Min break time after 9 hours: min break time if the user has worked more than 9 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
* Default working hours&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Groups/Group rights =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Groups can be defined&lt;br /&gt;
* Only the managers of the groups can see the users on the group on the Working Manager App&lt;br /&gt;
* Working types only available for the users on the group can be configured&lt;br /&gt;
* Enable/disable restrictions to submit working hours for the users on the group&lt;br /&gt;
* Enable/Disable verification by manager before submission to Human Resources&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Archiving working times of deleted employees =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== User replication: New users appear once assigned the Working User App =====&lt;br /&gt;
=== Absences ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== vacation management ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Creating and approving vacation requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Define vacation rules in general and user-specific terms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== holidays and sick days ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Entering sick days and public holidays&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Apps ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== innovaphone-working ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Innovaphone-working.png|innovaphone-working.png/|/Innovaphone-working.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is an app (Working User), where the user can enter the working hours, holidays, sick and vacation days. This can be done by clicking on the start/stop button. The user have also a calendar view to add, edit or delete working hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== innovaphone-working-api ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Innovaphone-working-api.png|innovaphone-working-api.png/|/Innovaphone-working-api.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a hidden app (Working Api), where the myApps session is been monitorized when the autostart/stop of the working times is enabled on the Working User App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
;Websocket: to set a websocket connection.&lt;br /&gt;
;Hidden: to configure the app as hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
;Admin: to get the app object name where to send the notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
;PbxApi: to send the notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== innovaphone-working-client-api ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Innovaphone-working-api.png|innovaphone-working-api.png/|/Innovaphone-working-api.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is an app needed to provide the Working Service API, so that other apps can start/stop working times. The Working Service API app is also a hidden app. The Settings plugin also sets the hidden function. This app should be granted to apps that use it, not to users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
;Websocket: to set a websocket connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== innovaphone-working-manager ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Innovaphone-working-admin.png‎|innovaphone-working-admin.png/|/Innovaphone-working-admin.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is an admin app (Working Manager), where an administrator (i.e. Human Resources) can see the users&#039; working hours. Several settings like the working hours per day can be configured per user and they are set to 8 hours from monday to friday by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now &amp;quot;hr&amp;quot; must be entered as Mode on the app object on the PBX. With that now there are 2 workingmanager apps for the user-objects avaiable:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
workingmanager and &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
workingmanager~hr. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator needs both.&lt;br /&gt;
* workingmanager: the managers on the group can only see the users on the group (no hamburger menu avaiable)&lt;br /&gt;
* workingmanager~hr: all the users can be seen there and all the configurations are available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also some config items can be edited on the hamburguer menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* General settings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Default working hours: workings hours defined per day when a user opens the app for the first time, which can be modified per user on the Admin App (Working Manager).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Rights&lt;br /&gt;
** Config groups&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Public Holidays API ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Innovaphone-working-api.png|innovaphone-working-api.png/|/Innovaphone-working-api.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
This API provides public holiday data for other apps. It allows them to check whether a specific date is a public holiday in a given country or region.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
;Websocket: to set a websocket connection.&lt;br /&gt;
;Hidden: to configure the app as hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Import and export of existing tracked time and absences with the help of CSV ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== CSV export ===&lt;br /&gt;
The users&#039; data can be exported and imported on CSV format. There are some fixed fields that are available for the import and the export. There are also some other fields that are only displayed on the export file just as extra information, which are marked with (*).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Users&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fields that come with the CSV are the SIP, GUID, domain, display name, the defined working hours per day and the personal number.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;sip;&amp;amp;guid;&amp;amp;domain;&amp;amp;dn;&amp;amp;monday;&amp;amp;tuesday;&amp;amp;wednesday;&amp;amp;thursday;&amp;amp;friday;&amp;amp;saturday;&amp;amp;sunday;&amp;amp;p_number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
atlantis;null;innovaphone.com;Atlantis;8;8;8;8;8;0;0;0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Absences&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fields that come with the CSV are the SIP, the start timestamp, the working hours, label (&#039;&#039;&#039;vacation&#039;&#039;&#039; for a vacation day, &#039;&#039;&#039;hvacation&#039;&#039;&#039; for a 1/2 day vacation, &#039;&#039;&#039;holiday&#039;&#039;&#039; for national holidays, &#039;&#039;&#039;sick&#039;&#039;&#039; for sick leave), confirmed (if the absence has been submitted), date, and the personal number.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;sip;&amp;amp;start;&amp;amp;duration;&amp;amp;label;&amp;amp;confirmed;&amp;amp;date;&amp;amp;p_number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
atlantis;1712181600000;8;hvacation;true;2024-04-04;0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Times&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fields that come with the CSV are the SIP, the start timestamp, the stop timestamp, confirmed (if has been submitted), the display name, the personal number, the start date, the start time, the stop date, the stop time, the amount of hours and the label (if a type has been selected).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;sip;&amp;amp;start;&amp;amp;stop;&amp;amp;confirmed;&amp;amp;dn;&amp;amp;p_number;&amp;amp;start_date;&amp;amp;start_time;&amp;amp;stop_date;&amp;amp;stop_time;&amp;amp;hours;&amp;amp;label&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
atlantis;1712651520199;1712651700199;true;Atlantis;0;2024-04-09;10:32:00.199+00:00;2024-04-09;10:35:00.199+00:00;0,1;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CSV import ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Users&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fields that should come with the CSV are the SIP, GUID, domain, display name, the defined working hours per day and the personal number.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;sip;&amp;amp;guid;&amp;amp;domain;&amp;amp;dn;&amp;amp;monday;&amp;amp;tuesday;&amp;amp;wednesday;&amp;amp;thursday;&amp;amp;friday;&amp;amp;saturday;&amp;amp;sunday;&amp;amp;p_number&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
atlantis;null;innovaphone.com;Atlantis;8;8;8;8;8;0;0;0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Absences&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fields that should come with the CSV are the SIP, the start timestamp, duration (the working hours), label (&#039;&#039;&#039;vacation&#039;&#039;&#039; for a vacation day, &#039;&#039;&#039;hvacation&#039;&#039;&#039; for a 1/2 day vacation, &#039;&#039;&#039;holiday&#039;&#039;&#039; for national holidays, &#039;&#039;&#039;sick&#039;&#039;&#039; for sick leave), confirmed (if the absence has been submitted) and date (if present timestamp will be ignored). The date must always have the english format, i.e. MM-DD-YYYY.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;sip;&amp;amp;start;&amp;amp;duration;&amp;amp;label;&amp;amp;confirmed;&amp;amp;date&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
atlantis;1712181600000;8;hvacation;true;2024-04-04&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Times&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fields that should come with the CSV are the SIP, the start timestamp, the stop timestamp, confirmed (if has been submitted).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;sip;&amp;amp;start;&amp;amp;stop;&amp;amp;confirmed&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
atlantis;1712651520199;1712651700199;true&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
;workingmanager: the name of the working admin app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Settings Plugins ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the Working plugin App Objects can be created, edited and deleted on the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Settings Plugin - Configuration ===&lt;br /&gt;
General settings for the app can be configured within this area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PBX Name:&#039;&#039;&#039; This refers to the name of the MasterPBX in the respective system environment. This setting must be set correctly for user replication and other functions to work.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Connect Name:&#039;&#039;&#039; The H323 name of the Connect app must be configured here. This is usually “connect,” but it depends on the individual setup of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Connect Groups:&#039;&#039;&#039; Here you can define a comma-separated list of PBX group names to be used for Connect integration in private posts. This is necessary in order to be able to include separate PBX groups, such as the human resources department, in private posts in addition to department heads.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Language for connectsposts&#039;&#039;&#039;: Integration with the Connect app and thus the creation of “posts” is carried out from a central location. The language can be set for these posts. Currently, there is ‘de’ for German and “en” for English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the Working App with the new AP app installer available in the Settings . &#039;&#039;Hint : after the installation done, close and open again the Settings to refresh the list of the installed app (the coloured plug-in)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new PBX Object for the Working User, Working Manager and Working API Apps with the Settings  Plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
* Assign the Working User (to normal users) and Working Manager App (to administration for example Human Resources) by selecting the config template that should include the App.&lt;br /&gt;
* Assign the Working API to all the users, so users can use the auto start/stop and push notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
* Assign license &amp;quot;App(innovaphone-working)&amp;quot; via config template or directly to all users using the APP.&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the object workingmanager / App / Modes: (insert here:) hr.&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the object Config Admin / Apps / workingmanager~hr  (select).&lt;br /&gt;
* Set configuration settings on the &amp;quot;burger&amp;quot; menu of the Working Manager App (i.e. Reports Interval in weeks, groups and types configuration...).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
Trace flags for App on App Platform:&lt;br /&gt;
*App&lt;br /&gt;
*App Database&lt;br /&gt;
*App Websocket&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trace flags for myApps Client:&lt;br /&gt;
*Browser Console&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known issues==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Articles==&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://sdk.innovaphone.com/14r2/web1/com.innovaphone.working/com.innovaphone.working.htm SDK Documentation - Working API]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://sdk.innovaphone.com/14r2/doc/service/Working.htm SDK Documentation - Working Client API]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:EVO_TimeTrackingTerminals_-_Datafox_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=78921</id>
		<title>Howto:EVO TimeTrackingTerminals - Datafox - 3rd Party Product</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:EVO_TimeTrackingTerminals_-_Datafox_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=78921"/>
		<updated>2026-02-18T08:35:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: Added sample configuration files for Datafox Studio&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Datafox Logo CI7 2025.png|200px|right|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Datafox GmbH &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Datafox GmbH [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/time-recording EVO Time tracking terminals]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be done by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Compat_Status_referral_terminals|manufacturername=Datafox GmbH|certificationdate=in September 2025}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Referral Product|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty_Terminal_Devices}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty Terminal Devices|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Datafox Logo CI7 2025.png|150px|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Datafox is a German manufacturer of devices for time recording, access control, and operational data collection. Established in 1998, we design and produce all products in Thuringia – 100% Made in Germany.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox Siegel Made in Germany.jpg|100px|right|/Datafox_Siegel_Made_in_Germany.jpg|/Datafox_Siegel_Made_in_Germany.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the leading suppliers in Central Europe, we offer a broad portfolio of terminals, self-service PCs, access readers, and controllers – complemented by accessories for convenient identification and flexible installation.&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks to our collaboration with a wide network of system integrators, our devices can be seamlessly integrated into diverse IT environments – including communication platforms such as innovaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the product, benefits, other information to mention to understand main product purpose --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This section presents a curated selection of Datafox terminals for time and access management. These represent a subset of our portfolio and are selected for their proven suitability in UC-related projects – such as integration into communication environments like innovaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
All terminals are custom-configured and manufactured based on individual project requirements. Depending on the site and functional needs, different models can be selected and deployed in combination – enabling scalable, tailored solutions.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
! Datafox EVO 3.5 Pure   !! Datafox EVO 5.0 Pure!! Datafox EVO 5.0 Flex&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Datafox EVO 3.5 Pure.png|150px|center|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Pure.png|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Pure.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EVO 3.5 Pure is our most compact and cost-efficient terminal – ideal for projects that require a small display and straightforward interaction. It is particularly suitable for budget-sensitive environments, installations with limited space, or where individual design is not a priority.&lt;br /&gt;
Despite its price advantage, it offers full functionality for time and job tracking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 || [[File:Datafox EVO 5.0 Pure White.png|160px|center|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Pure_White.png|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Pure_White.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EVO 5.0 Pure shares its housing and base features with the EVO 3.5 Pure, but offers enhanced usability through a larger 5.0” display.&lt;br /&gt;
This allows for a more comfortable user experience, especially where extended keypad layouts or visual feedback are required.&lt;br /&gt;
The device can be equipped with either a capacitive or resistive touch interface, making it adaptable to various environments and usage scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
It is available in both anthracite (RAL 7016) and signal white (RAL 9003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 || [[File:Datafox EVO 5.0 Flex.png|170px|center|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Flex.png|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Flex.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The EVO 5.0 Flex combines the compact size of the EVO Pure series with the premium build quality of the Flex line. It features a solid aluminium frame with a durable real-glass front, offering an elevated look and feel, as well as IP65 front protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For companies seeking a visually branded setup, this terminal supports custom printing on the housing – beyond just logo display on screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 3.5” capacitive touch display (480 × 320 px)&lt;br /&gt;
* Plastic housing (PC-ABS), IP54 front protection&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 109 × 200 × 85 mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard colour: Anthracite (RAL 7016), custom colours from 500 units&lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 5.0” capacitive or resistive touch display (800 × 480 px)&lt;br /&gt;
* Plastic housing (PC-ABS), IP54 front protection&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 109 × 200 × 85 mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard colour: Anthracite (RAL 7016) and Signal white (RAL 9003)&lt;br /&gt;
 ||&#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 5.0” capacitive touch display (800 × 480 px)&lt;br /&gt;
* Housing: anodised aluminium, hardened real-glass front (≥6H)&lt;br /&gt;
* Front protection class: IP65&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 109 × 200 × 85 mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
EVO 3.5 Pure base unit (Art. 114051) with&lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 114304MB)&lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 114104)&lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 114117)&lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
EVO 5.0 Pure base unit signal white (Art. 114061-WS) with&lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 114304MB)&lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 114104)&lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 114117)&lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
EVO 5.0 Flex base unit (Art. 135001) with&lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 135304MB)&lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 135104)&lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 135117) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-35-pure/ EVO 3.5 Pure] || [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-50-pure EVO 5.0 Pure] || [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-50-flex EVO 5.0 Flex] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Datafox EVO 7.0 Flex !! Datafox EVO 3.5 Universal IP66 und IP69K&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox EVO 7.0 Flex.png|150px|center|/Datafox_EVO_7.0_Flex.png|/Datafox_EVO_7.0_Flex.png]] Our largest and most advanced terminal – perfect where space allows and premium usability is expected.  &lt;br /&gt;
 ||&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox EVO 3.5 Universal IP66,69K.png|120px|center|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Universal_IP66,69K.png|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Universal_IP66,69K.png]] The EVO 3.5 Universal IP66/IP69K is built for high-hygiene and extreme industrial conditions – such as food processing spray zones, wash bays, or marine terminals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 7.0” color TFT (480 × 800 pixels)  &lt;br /&gt;
* Housing: anodised aluminium, hardened real-glass front (≥6H)&lt;br /&gt;
* Front protection class: IP65&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 140 x 266 x 95 mm &lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard colour: Black, customized design possible&lt;br /&gt;
 || It comes standard with integrated access control capabilities, including multiple I/Os and RS485 interfaces for direct connection of door modules and readers – making it a fully equipped access control terminal right out of the box.&lt;br /&gt;
Its anodised aluminium frame, real-glass front and V4A stainless steel backplate ensure exceptional resistance to water, dust, impact, and cleaning processes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 3.5” color TFT (320 × 480 pixels)    &lt;br /&gt;
* IP66/IP69K: full protection against dust, water, pressure cleaning    &lt;br /&gt;
* Aluminum frame (hard-anodized), real glass (hardness ≥6H), V4A stainless steel base    &lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 96 × 243 × 55 mm (W×H×D)    &lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: –20 to +50 °C (PoE: –20 to +40 °C)    &lt;br /&gt;
* Integrated I/Os, RS485, PoE, LAN    &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes distance spacers for hygiene-compliant wall mounting  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
EVO 7.0 Flex base unit (Art. 126001) with  &lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 126304MB)   &lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 126104)  &lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 126117) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;pre-configured&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-70 EVO 7.0 Flex] || [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-35-universal-ip66-and-ip69k EVO 3.5 Universal IP66/IP69K]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&#039;&#039;&#039;Benefits at a glance:&#039;&#039;&#039;--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
* Tailored configuration for project-specific requirements&lt;br /&gt;
* Custom printing &amp;amp; color design (depending on device type)&lt;br /&gt;
* Adaptable display layouts &lt;br /&gt;
* Made in Germany: production, support and service&lt;br /&gt;
* Long-term product availability and spare parts supply&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Use Cases==&lt;br /&gt;
* Employee time tracking&lt;br /&gt;
* Project and job time logging&lt;br /&gt;
* Volunteer time tracking at events&lt;br /&gt;
* Access control with rights management&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitor and supplier access&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost center allocation&lt;br /&gt;
* Machine unlocking / machine control&lt;br /&gt;
* Driver’s license validation before vehicle use &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the product. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mounting &amp;amp; Accessories&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Wall mounting (standard configuration)&lt;br /&gt;
* Weather protection roof, desktop stand, pedestal&lt;br /&gt;
* Front panel mounting kit for flush integration (1–3 mm front plates)&lt;br /&gt;
* Shatter protection film for glass front&lt;br /&gt;
* Braille overlay&lt;br /&gt;
* SD card slot for memory expansion&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reading Technologies &amp;amp; Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Supported RFID technologies: MIFARE Classic, MIFARE DESFire, MIFARE Plus, NFC, LEGIC Prime, LEGIC Advant, HITAG, EM4200, ISO 14443, ISO 15693&lt;br /&gt;
* Barcode &amp;amp; QR code reader&lt;br /&gt;
* Fingerprint sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* iButton or PIN input&lt;br /&gt;
* Multi-factor authentication (e.g. card + PIN)&lt;br /&gt;
* Signature capture via touch display (image file)&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Communication &amp;amp; Power&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Ethernet (LAN), Wi-Fi, mobile network (LTE)&lt;br /&gt;
* Power supply via PoE or external power adapter&lt;br /&gt;
* Configuration via free Datafox Studio software&lt;br /&gt;
* Central device management tool (upcoming)&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Special Features &amp;amp; Expansion Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Access control modules incl. &amp;quot;Data on Card&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Machine data collection modules&lt;br /&gt;
* GPS module&lt;br /&gt;
* Integrated speaker&lt;br /&gt;
* Wrist temperature measurement&lt;br /&gt;
* Relay and I/O control (e.g. for machines or doors)&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuous activation when RFID card remains detected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==innovaphone Working Integration==&lt;br /&gt;
Datafox terminals can operate the [[Reference15r1:Concept App Service Working|innovaphone App Service Working]] via the the [[Reference15r1:Concept Buttons App|innovaphone Buttons App]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configured identities (RFID, PIN, Fingerprint) can be assigned to a PBX user via the Application buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone firmware is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Product versions used for interop testing:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Product by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Datafox EVO Version XYZ&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust used innovaphone FW, if applied add further applications (e.g. TAPI &amp;amp; Versions) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX V15r1&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone Buttons App 15r1&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone Working App 15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This only applies to the connection to Innovaphone, not the complete configuration of a Datafox terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configuration of terminals is carried out via Datafox Studio. This is available from https://www.datafox.de/unternehmen/downloads/software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Settings for Buttons App ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The innovaphone buttons app has a reachable webpath for datafox terminals&lt;br /&gt;
* The app receives all communication from the terminal via http-get&lt;br /&gt;
** The Buttons app has opened a web path ‘datafox’ below the app path for this purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
*** For example =&amp;gt; &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://ap.domain.de/domain.de/buttons/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;datafox&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**** ap.domain.de =&amp;gt; FQDN of the AppPlattform&lt;br /&gt;
**** /domain.de/buttons/ =&amp;gt; the webpath for the buttons app&lt;br /&gt;
**** datafox =&amp;gt; the subpath as destination for GET-Variables&lt;br /&gt;
* The needed settings for the terminal can be edited via Datafox Studio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Settings in Datafox Studio ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You have to setup the Configuration for Devicecommunication (in view on the example above)&lt;br /&gt;
** com.http = 1&lt;br /&gt;
** com.http_mode[0].host = &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ap.domain.de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** com.http_mode[0].port = 80&lt;br /&gt;
** com.http_mode[0].send = GET &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;/domain.de/buttons/datafox&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;?&lt;br /&gt;
* There are still some fieldnames, you have to choose in the input chain of your setup. All other configuration depends on your setup.&lt;br /&gt;
** Create a Dataset Table &amp;quot;working&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*** df_name&lt;br /&gt;
*** df_serial&lt;br /&gt;
*** action&lt;br /&gt;
*** mac&lt;br /&gt;
*** Date or Datum&lt;br /&gt;
*** maybe other fields you need&lt;br /&gt;
** Assign the Table to your controlpanel&lt;br /&gt;
*** for the operating menu you have to assingn &amp;quot;working&amp;quot; as dataset table&lt;br /&gt;
*** for your Chip/RFID assign &amp;quot;mac&amp;quot; as datafield&lt;br /&gt;
*** for come or leave assign constant values&lt;br /&gt;
**** come =&amp;gt; assign 1 to field action&lt;br /&gt;
**** leave =&amp;gt; assign 2 to field action&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Example Configuration Files =====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox - Example.zip|left|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Assign IDs to Users ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have done the steps before, the Datafax Terminal will send your data to the Buttons in OnlineMode&lt;br /&gt;
* You can assign actions to your ID (RFID Token)&lt;br /&gt;
** working-start&lt;br /&gt;
** working-stop&lt;br /&gt;
** ...also all other actions, which can be triggered via buttons App are available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox Studio 001.png|thumb|/Datafox_Studio_001.png|none|/Datafox_Studio_001.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Anything to mention which does not fit to above topics. To be deleted if not needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Datafox EVO terminal series offers highly flexible, scalable solutions for digital identification and data capture – from compact entry-level terminals to rugged industrial devices for hygiene-critical environments. Featuring modular hardware, various design options, and seamless system integration, these terminals are ideal for professional IT projects across industries.&lt;br /&gt;
Each terminal is designed to be configured to the customer’s exact requirements – functionally and visually. With fast support, in-house development, and quality “Made in Germany,” Datafox ensures reliability and future-proof implementation in any project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests. You may give personal or general contact data. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Datafox GmbH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Andy Burghart&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dermbacher Str. 12-14&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 36419 Geisa&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 36967 595 0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fax: +49 36967 595 50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:sales@datafox.de sales@datafox.de]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Datafox_-_Example.zip&amp;diff=78920</id>
		<title>File:Datafox - Example.zip</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Datafox_-_Example.zip&amp;diff=78920"/>
		<updated>2026-02-18T08:33:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: Here you can find some default configuration and display design for usage with innovpahone Buttons and innovaphone Working App&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can find some default configuration and display design for usage with innovpahone Buttons and innovaphone Working App&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Innovaphone_Working_-_Datafox_Example.zip&amp;diff=78919</id>
		<title>File:Innovaphone Working - Datafox Example.zip</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Innovaphone_Working_-_Datafox_Example.zip&amp;diff=78919"/>
		<updated>2026-02-18T08:30:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Here you can find an example of display design and some default configuration with innovaphone buttons and working app&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Configure_OpenLDAP_Directory_Replication&amp;diff=78391</id>
		<title>Reference16r1:Configure OpenLDAP Directory Replication</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Configure_OpenLDAP_Directory_Replication&amp;diff=78391"/>
		<updated>2025-10-29T10:17:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Applies To */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information applies to V16r1 &#039;&#039;(since Beta2)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tested with OpenLDAP slapd-Version: 2.4.57&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=More Information=&lt;br /&gt;
With version 16, we have enhanced the LDAP replication functionality for Active Directory, allowing OpenLDAP to be used as a source as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Active Directory, OpenLDAP does not have an &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;objectGuid&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; attribute; therefore, we use the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;entryUUID&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; attribute as the source for our internal guid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All other attribute mappings can be applied in the same way as they are for Active Directory replication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also: https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference15r1:Configure_Active_Directory_Replication#Attribute_Mapping&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Configure_OpenLDAP_Directory_Replication&amp;diff=78390</id>
		<title>Reference16r1:Configure OpenLDAP Directory Replication</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Configure_OpenLDAP_Directory_Replication&amp;diff=78390"/>
		<updated>2025-10-29T10:16:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Applies To */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information applies to V16r1 Beta2. &lt;br /&gt;
* Tested with OpenLDAP slapd-Version: 2.4.57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=More Information=&lt;br /&gt;
With version 16, we have enhanced the LDAP replication functionality for Active Directory, allowing OpenLDAP to be used as a source as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Active Directory, OpenLDAP does not have an &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;objectGuid&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; attribute; therefore, we use the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;entryUUID&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; attribute as the source for our internal guid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All other attribute mappings can be applied in the same way as they are for Active Directory replication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also: https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference15r1:Configure_Active_Directory_Replication#Attribute_Mapping&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Configure_OpenLDAP_Directory_Replication&amp;diff=78389</id>
		<title>Reference16r1:Configure OpenLDAP Directory Replication</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference16r1:Configure_OpenLDAP_Directory_Replication&amp;diff=78389"/>
		<updated>2025-10-29T10:13:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: Created page with &amp;quot;==Applies To== This information applies to V16r1 Beta2. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; Tested with OpenLDAP slapd-Version: 2.4.57.  =More Information= With version 16, we have enhanced the LDAP replication functionality for Active Directory, allowing OpenLDAP to be used as a source as well.  Unlike Active Directory, OpenLDAP does not have an &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;objectGuid&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; attribute; therefore, we use the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;entryUUID&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; attribute as the source for our internal guid.  All other attribute mappings...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to V16r1 Beta2. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tested with OpenLDAP slapd-Version: 2.4.57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=More Information=&lt;br /&gt;
With version 16, we have enhanced the LDAP replication functionality for Active Directory, allowing OpenLDAP to be used as a source as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Active Directory, OpenLDAP does not have an &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;objectGuid&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; attribute; therefore, we use the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;entryUUID&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; attribute as the source for our internal guid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All other attribute mappings can be applied in the same way as they are for Active Directory replication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also: https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference15r1:Configure_Active_Directory_Replication#Attribute_Mapping&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:EVO_TimeTrackingTerminals_-_Datafox_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77734</id>
		<title>Howto:EVO TimeTrackingTerminals - Datafox - 3rd Party Product</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:EVO_TimeTrackingTerminals_-_Datafox_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77734"/>
		<updated>2025-09-11T09:38:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Assign IDs to Users */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Datafox Logo CI7 2025.png|200px|right|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Datafox GmbH &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Datafox GmbH [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/time-recording EVO Time tracking terminals]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be done by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- {{Template:Compat_Status_referral_terminals|manufacturername=Acme Ltd.|certificationdate=in January 1970}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Referral Product|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty_Terminal_Devices}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty Terminal Devices|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Datafox Logo CI7 2025.png|150px|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Datafox is a German manufacturer of devices for time recording, access control, and operational data collection. Established in 1998, we design and produce all products in Thuringia – 100% Made in Germany.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox Siegel Made in Germany.jpg|100px|right|/Datafox_Siegel_Made_in_Germany.jpg|/Datafox_Siegel_Made_in_Germany.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the leading suppliers in Central Europe, we offer a broad portfolio of terminals, self-service PCs, access readers, and controllers – complemented by accessories for convenient identification and flexible installation.&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks to our collaboration with a wide network of system integrators, our devices can be seamlessly integrated into diverse IT environments – including communication platforms such as innovaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the product, benefits, other information to mention to understand main product purpose --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This section presents a curated selection of Datafox terminals for time and access management. These represent a subset of our portfolio and are selected for their proven suitability in UC-related projects – such as integration into communication environments like innovaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
All terminals are custom-configured and manufactured based on individual project requirements. Depending on the site and functional needs, different models can be selected and deployed in combination – enabling scalable, tailored solutions.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
! Datafox EVO 3.5 Pure   !! Datafox EVO 5.0 Pure!! Datafox EVO 5.0 Flex&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Datafox EVO 3.5 Pure.png|150px|center|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Pure.png|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Pure.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EVO 3.5 Pure is our most compact and cost-efficient terminal – ideal for projects that require a small display and straightforward interaction. It is particularly suitable for budget-sensitive environments, installations with limited space, or where individual design is not a priority.&lt;br /&gt;
Despite its price advantage, it offers full functionality for time and job tracking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 || [[File:Datafox EVO 5.0 Pure White.png|160px|center|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Pure_White.png|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Pure_White.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EVO 5.0 Pure shares its housing and base features with the EVO 3.5 Pure, but offers enhanced usability through a larger 5.0” display.&lt;br /&gt;
This allows for a more comfortable user experience, especially where extended keypad layouts or visual feedback are required.&lt;br /&gt;
The device can be equipped with either a capacitive or resistive touch interface, making it adaptable to various environments and usage scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
It is available in both anthracite (RAL 7016) and signal white (RAL 9003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 || [[File:Datafox EVO 5.0 Flex.png|170px|center|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Flex.png|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Flex.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The EVO 5.0 Flex combines the compact size of the EVO Pure series with the premium build quality of the Flex line. It features a solid aluminium frame with a durable real-glass front, offering an elevated look and feel, as well as IP65 front protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For companies seeking a visually branded setup, this terminal supports custom printing on the housing – beyond just logo display on screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 3.5” capacitive touch display (480 × 320 px)&lt;br /&gt;
* Plastic housing (PC-ABS), IP54 front protection&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 109 × 200 × 85 mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard colour: Anthracite (RAL 7016), custom colours from 500 units&lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 5.0” capacitive or resistive touch display (800 × 480 px)&lt;br /&gt;
* Plastic housing (PC-ABS), IP54 front protection&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 109 × 200 × 85 mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard colour: Anthracite (RAL 7016) and Signal white (RAL 9003)&lt;br /&gt;
 ||&#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 5.0” capacitive touch display (800 × 480 px)&lt;br /&gt;
* Housing: anodised aluminium, hardened real-glass front (≥6H)&lt;br /&gt;
* Front protection class: IP65&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 109 × 200 × 85 mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
EVO 3.5 Pure base unit (Art. 114051) with&lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 114304MB)&lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 114104)&lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 114117)&lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
EVO 5.0 Pure base unit signal white (Art. 114061-WS) with&lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 114304MB)&lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 114104)&lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 114117)&lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
EVO 5.0 Flex base unit (Art. 135001) with&lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 135304MB)&lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 135104)&lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 135117) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-35-pure/ EVO 3.5 Pure] || [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-50-pure EVO 5.0 Pure] || [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-50-flex EVO 5.0 Flex] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Datafox EVO 7.0 Flex !! Datafox EVO 3.5 Universal IP66 und IP69K&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox EVO 7.0 Flex.png|150px|center|/Datafox_EVO_7.0_Flex.png|/Datafox_EVO_7.0_Flex.png]] Our largest and most advanced terminal – perfect where space allows and premium usability is expected.  &lt;br /&gt;
 ||&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox EVO 3.5 Universal IP66,69K.png|120px|center|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Universal_IP66,69K.png|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Universal_IP66,69K.png]] The EVO 3.5 Universal IP66/IP69K is built for high-hygiene and extreme industrial conditions – such as food processing spray zones, wash bays, or marine terminals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 7.0” color TFT (480 × 800 pixels)  &lt;br /&gt;
* Housing: anodised aluminium, hardened real-glass front (≥6H)&lt;br /&gt;
* Front protection class: IP65&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 140 x 266 x 95 mm &lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard colour: Black, customized design possible&lt;br /&gt;
 || It comes standard with integrated access control capabilities, including multiple I/Os and RS485 interfaces for direct connection of door modules and readers – making it a fully equipped access control terminal right out of the box.&lt;br /&gt;
Its anodised aluminium frame, real-glass front and V4A stainless steel backplate ensure exceptional resistance to water, dust, impact, and cleaning processes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 3.5” color TFT (320 × 480 pixels)    &lt;br /&gt;
* IP66/IP69K: full protection against dust, water, pressure cleaning    &lt;br /&gt;
* Aluminum frame (hard-anodized), real glass (hardness ≥6H), V4A stainless steel base    &lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 96 × 243 × 55 mm (W×H×D)    &lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: –20 to +50 °C (PoE: –20 to +40 °C)    &lt;br /&gt;
* Integrated I/Os, RS485, PoE, LAN    &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes distance spacers for hygiene-compliant wall mounting  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
EVO 7.0 Flex base unit (Art. 126001) with  &lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 126304MB)   &lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 126104)  &lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 126117) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;pre-configured&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-70 EVO 7.0 Flex] || [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-35-universal-ip66-and-ip69k EVO 3.5 Universal IP66/IP69K]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&#039;&#039;&#039;Benefits at a glance:&#039;&#039;&#039;--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
* Tailored configuration for project-specific requirements&lt;br /&gt;
* Custom printing &amp;amp; color design (depending on device type)&lt;br /&gt;
* Adaptable display layouts &lt;br /&gt;
* Made in Germany: production, support and service&lt;br /&gt;
* Long-term product availability and spare parts supply&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Use Cases==&lt;br /&gt;
* Employee time tracking&lt;br /&gt;
* Project and job time logging&lt;br /&gt;
* Volunteer time tracking at events&lt;br /&gt;
* Access control with rights management&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitor and supplier access&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost center allocation&lt;br /&gt;
* Machine unlocking / machine control&lt;br /&gt;
* Driver’s license validation before vehicle use &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the product. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mounting &amp;amp; Accessories&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Wall mounting (standard configuration)&lt;br /&gt;
* Weather protection roof, desktop stand, pedestal&lt;br /&gt;
* Front panel mounting kit for flush integration (1–3 mm front plates)&lt;br /&gt;
* Shatter protection film for glass front&lt;br /&gt;
* Braille overlay&lt;br /&gt;
* SD card slot for memory expansion&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reading Technologies &amp;amp; Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Supported RFID technologies: MIFARE Classic, MIFARE DESFire, MIFARE Plus, NFC, LEGIC Prime, LEGIC Advant, HITAG, EM4200, ISO 14443, ISO 15693&lt;br /&gt;
* Barcode &amp;amp; QR code reader&lt;br /&gt;
* Fingerprint sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* iButton or PIN input&lt;br /&gt;
* Multi-factor authentication (e.g. card + PIN)&lt;br /&gt;
* Signature capture via touch display (image file)&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Communication &amp;amp; Power&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Ethernet (LAN), Wi-Fi, mobile network (LTE)&lt;br /&gt;
* Power supply via PoE or external power adapter&lt;br /&gt;
* Configuration via free Datafox Studio software&lt;br /&gt;
* Central device management tool (upcoming)&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Special Features &amp;amp; Expansion Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Access control modules incl. &amp;quot;Data on Card&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Machine data collection modules&lt;br /&gt;
* GPS module&lt;br /&gt;
* Integrated speaker&lt;br /&gt;
* Wrist temperature measurement&lt;br /&gt;
* Relay and I/O control (e.g. for machines or doors)&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuous activation when RFID card remains detected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==innovaphone Working Integration==&lt;br /&gt;
Datafox terminals can operate the Working App via the the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configured identities (RFID, PIN, Fingerprint) can be assigned to a PBX user via the Application buttons..&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone firmware is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Product versions used for interop testing:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Product by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Datafox EVO Version XYZ&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust used innovaphone FW, if applied add further applications (e.g. TAPI &amp;amp; Versions) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX V15r1&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone Buttons App 15r1&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone Working App 15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This only applies to the connection to Innovaphone, not the complete configuration of a Datafox terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configuration of terminals is carried out via Datafox Studio. This is available from https://www.datafox.de/unternehmen/downloads/software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Settings for Buttons App ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The innovaphone buttons app has a reachable webpath for datafox terminals&lt;br /&gt;
* The app receives all communication from the terminal via http-get&lt;br /&gt;
** The Buttons app has opened a web path ‘datafox’ below the app path for this purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
*** For example =&amp;gt; &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://ap.domain.de/domain.de/buttons/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;datafox&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**** ap.domain.de =&amp;gt; FQDN of the AppPlattform&lt;br /&gt;
**** /domain.de/buttons/ =&amp;gt; the webpath for the buttons app&lt;br /&gt;
**** datafox =&amp;gt; the subpath as destination for GET-Variables&lt;br /&gt;
* The needed settings for the terminal can be edited via Datafox Studio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Settings in Datafox Studio ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You have to setup the Configuration for Devicecommunication (in view on the example above)&lt;br /&gt;
** com.http = 1&lt;br /&gt;
** com.http_mode[0].host = &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ap.domain.de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** com.http_mode[0].port = 80&lt;br /&gt;
** com.http_mode[0].send = GET &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;/domain.de/buttons/datafox&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;?&lt;br /&gt;
* There are still some fieldnames, you have to choose in the input chain of your setup. All other configuration depends on your setup.&lt;br /&gt;
** Create a Dataset Table &amp;quot;working&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*** df_name&lt;br /&gt;
*** df_serial&lt;br /&gt;
*** action&lt;br /&gt;
*** mac&lt;br /&gt;
*** Date or Datum&lt;br /&gt;
*** maybe other fields you need&lt;br /&gt;
** Assign the Table to your controlpanel&lt;br /&gt;
*** for the operating menu you have to assingn &amp;quot;working&amp;quot; as dataset table&lt;br /&gt;
*** for your Chip/RFID assign &amp;quot;mac&amp;quot; as datafield&lt;br /&gt;
*** for come or leave assign constant values&lt;br /&gt;
**** come =&amp;gt; assign 1 to field action&lt;br /&gt;
**** leave =&amp;gt; assign 2 to field action&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Assign IDs to Users ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have done the steps before, the Datafax Terminal will send your data to the Buttons in OnlineMode&lt;br /&gt;
* You can assign actions to your ID (RFID Token)&lt;br /&gt;
** working-start&lt;br /&gt;
** working-stop&lt;br /&gt;
** ...also all other actions, which can be triggered via buttons App are available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox Studio 001.png|thumb|/Datafox_Studio_001.png|/Datafox_Studio_001.png|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Anything to mention which does not fit to above topics. To be deleted if not needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Datafox EVO terminal series offers highly flexible, scalable solutions for digital identification and data capture – from compact entry-level terminals to rugged industrial devices for hygiene-critical environments. Featuring modular hardware, various design options, and seamless system integration, these terminals are ideal for professional IT projects across industries.&lt;br /&gt;
Each terminal is designed to be configured to the customer’s exact requirements – functionally and visually. With fast support, in-house development, and quality “Made in Germany,” Datafox ensures reliability and future-proof implementation in any project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests. You may give personal or general contact data. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Datafox GmbH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Andy Burghart&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dermbacher Str. 12-14&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 36419 Geisa&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 36967 595 0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fax: +49 36967 595 50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:sales@datafox.de sales@datafox.de]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:EVO_TimeTrackingTerminals_-_Datafox_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77720</id>
		<title>Howto:EVO TimeTrackingTerminals - Datafox - 3rd Party Product</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:EVO_TimeTrackingTerminals_-_Datafox_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77720"/>
		<updated>2025-09-09T07:46:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Datafox Logo CI7 2025.png|200px|right|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Datafox GmbH &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Datafox GmbH [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/time-recording EVO Time tracking terminals]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be done by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- {{Template:Compat_Status_referral_terminals|manufacturername=Acme Ltd.|certificationdate=in January 1970}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Referral Product|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty_Terminal_Devices}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty Terminal Devices|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Datafox Logo CI7 2025.png|150px|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Datafox is a German manufacturer of devices for time recording, access control, and operational data collection. Established in 1998, we design and produce all products in Thuringia – 100% Made in Germany.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox Siegel Made in Germany.jpg|100px|right|/Datafox_Siegel_Made_in_Germany.jpg|/Datafox_Siegel_Made_in_Germany.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the leading suppliers in Central Europe, we offer a broad portfolio of terminals, self-service PCs, access readers, and controllers – complemented by accessories for convenient identification and flexible installation.&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks to our collaboration with a wide network of system integrators, our devices can be seamlessly integrated into diverse IT environments – including communication platforms such as innovaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the product, benefits, other information to mention to understand main product purpose --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This section presents a curated selection of Datafox terminals for time and access management. These represent a subset of our portfolio and are selected for their proven suitability in UC-related projects – such as integration into communication environments like innovaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
All terminals are custom-configured and manufactured based on individual project requirements. Depending on the site and functional needs, different models can be selected and deployed in combination – enabling scalable, tailored solutions.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
! Datafox EVO 3.5 Pure   !! Datafox EVO 5.0 Pure!! Datafox EVO 5.0 Flex&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Datafox EVO 3.5 Pure.png|150px|center|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Pure.png|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Pure.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EVO 3.5 Pure is our most compact and cost-efficient terminal – ideal for projects that require a small display and straightforward interaction. It is particularly suitable for budget-sensitive environments, installations with limited space, or where individual design is not a priority.&lt;br /&gt;
Despite its price advantage, it offers full functionality for time and job tracking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 || [[File:Datafox EVO 5.0 Pure White.png|160px|center|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Pure_White.png|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Pure_White.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EVO 5.0 Pure shares its housing and base features with the EVO 3.5 Pure, but offers enhanced usability through a larger 5.0” display.&lt;br /&gt;
This allows for a more comfortable user experience, especially where extended keypad layouts or visual feedback are required.&lt;br /&gt;
The device can be equipped with either a capacitive or resistive touch interface, making it adaptable to various environments and usage scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
It is available in both anthracite (RAL 7016) and signal white (RAL 9003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 || [[File:Datafox EVO 5.0 Flex.png|170px|center|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Flex.png|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Flex.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The EVO 5.0 Flex combines the compact size of the EVO Pure series with the premium build quality of the Flex line. It features a solid aluminium frame with a durable real-glass front, offering an elevated look and feel, as well as IP65 front protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For companies seeking a visually branded setup, this terminal supports custom printing on the housing – beyond just logo display on screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 3.5” capacitive touch display (480 × 320 px)&lt;br /&gt;
* Plastic housing (PC-ABS), IP54 front protection&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 109 × 200 × 85 mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard colour: Anthracite (RAL 7016), custom colours from 500 units&lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 5.0” capacitive or resistive touch display (800 × 480 px)&lt;br /&gt;
* Plastic housing (PC-ABS), IP54 front protection&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 109 × 200 × 85 mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard colour: Anthracite (RAL 7016) and Signal white (RAL 9003)&lt;br /&gt;
 ||&#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 5.0” capacitive touch display (800 × 480 px)&lt;br /&gt;
* Housing: anodised aluminium, hardened real-glass front (≥6H)&lt;br /&gt;
* Front protection class: IP65&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 109 × 200 × 85 mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
EVO 3.5 Pure base unit (Art. 114051) with&lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 114304MB)&lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 114104)&lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 114117)&lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
EVO 5.0 Pure base unit signal white (Art. 114061-WS) with&lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 114304MB)&lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 114104)&lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 114117)&lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
EVO 5.0 Flex base unit (Art. 135001) with&lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 135304MB)&lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 135104)&lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 135117) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-35-pure/ EVO 3.5 Pure] || [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-50-pure EVO 5.0 Pure] || [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-50-flex EVO 5.0 Flex] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Datafox EVO 7.0 Flex !! Datafox EVO 3.5 Universal IP66 und IP69K&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox EVO 7.0 Flex.png|150px|center|/Datafox_EVO_7.0_Flex.png|/Datafox_EVO_7.0_Flex.png]] Our largest and most advanced terminal – perfect where space allows and premium usability is expected.  &lt;br /&gt;
 ||&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox EVO 3.5 Universal IP66,69K.png|120px|center|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Universal_IP66,69K.png|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Universal_IP66,69K.png]] The EVO 3.5 Universal IP66/IP69K is built for high-hygiene and extreme industrial conditions – such as food processing spray zones, wash bays, or marine terminals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 7.0” color TFT (480 × 800 pixels)  &lt;br /&gt;
* Housing: anodised aluminium, hardened real-glass front (≥6H)&lt;br /&gt;
* Front protection class: IP65&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 140 x 266 x 95 mm &lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard colour: Black, customized design possible&lt;br /&gt;
 || It comes standard with integrated access control capabilities, including multiple I/Os and RS485 interfaces for direct connection of door modules and readers – making it a fully equipped access control terminal right out of the box.&lt;br /&gt;
Its anodised aluminium frame, real-glass front and V4A stainless steel backplate ensure exceptional resistance to water, dust, impact, and cleaning processes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 3.5” color TFT (320 × 480 pixels)    &lt;br /&gt;
* IP66/IP69K: full protection against dust, water, pressure cleaning    &lt;br /&gt;
* Aluminum frame (hard-anodized), real glass (hardness ≥6H), V4A stainless steel base    &lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 96 × 243 × 55 mm (W×H×D)    &lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: –20 to +50 °C (PoE: –20 to +40 °C)    &lt;br /&gt;
* Integrated I/Os, RS485, PoE, LAN    &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes distance spacers for hygiene-compliant wall mounting  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
EVO 7.0 Flex base unit (Art. 126001) with  &lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 126304MB)   &lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 126104)  &lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 126117) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;pre-configured&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-70 EVO 7.0 Flex] || [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-35-universal-ip66-and-ip69k EVO 3.5 Universal IP66/IP69K]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&#039;&#039;&#039;Benefits at a glance:&#039;&#039;&#039;--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
* Tailored configuration for project-specific requirements&lt;br /&gt;
* Custom printing &amp;amp; color design (depending on device type)&lt;br /&gt;
* Adaptable display layouts &lt;br /&gt;
* Made in Germany: production, support and service&lt;br /&gt;
* Long-term product availability and spare parts supply&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Use Cases==&lt;br /&gt;
* Employee time tracking&lt;br /&gt;
* Project and job time logging&lt;br /&gt;
* Volunteer time tracking at events&lt;br /&gt;
* Access control with rights management&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitor and supplier access&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost center allocation&lt;br /&gt;
* Machine unlocking / machine control&lt;br /&gt;
* Driver’s license validation before vehicle use &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the product. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mounting &amp;amp; Accessories&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Wall mounting (standard configuration)&lt;br /&gt;
* Weather protection roof, desktop stand, pedestal&lt;br /&gt;
* Front panel mounting kit for flush integration (1–3 mm front plates)&lt;br /&gt;
* Shatter protection film for glass front&lt;br /&gt;
* Braille overlay&lt;br /&gt;
* SD card slot for memory expansion&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reading Technologies &amp;amp; Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Supported RFID technologies: MIFARE Classic, MIFARE DESFire, MIFARE Plus, NFC, LEGIC Prime, LEGIC Advant, HITAG, EM4200, ISO 14443, ISO 15693&lt;br /&gt;
* Barcode &amp;amp; QR code reader&lt;br /&gt;
* Fingerprint sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* iButton or PIN input&lt;br /&gt;
* Multi-factor authentication (e.g. card + PIN)&lt;br /&gt;
* Signature capture via touch display (image file)&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Communication &amp;amp; Power&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Ethernet (LAN), Wi-Fi, mobile network (LTE)&lt;br /&gt;
* Power supply via PoE or external power adapter&lt;br /&gt;
* Configuration via free Datafox Studio software&lt;br /&gt;
* Central device management tool (upcoming)&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Special Features &amp;amp; Expansion Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Access control modules incl. &amp;quot;Data on Card&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Machine data collection modules&lt;br /&gt;
* GPS module&lt;br /&gt;
* Integrated speaker&lt;br /&gt;
* Wrist temperature measurement&lt;br /&gt;
* Relay and I/O control (e.g. for machines or doors)&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuous activation when RFID card remains detected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==innovaphone Working Integration==&lt;br /&gt;
Datafox terminals can operate the Working App via the the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configured identities (RFID, PIN, Fingerprint) can be assigned to a PBX user via the Application buttons..&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone firmware is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Product versions used for interop testing:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Product by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Datafox EVO Version XYZ&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust used innovaphone FW, if applied add further applications (e.g. TAPI &amp;amp; Versions) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX V15r1&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone Buttons App 15r1&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone Working App 15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This only applies to the connection to Innovaphone, not the complete configuration of a Datafox terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configuration of terminals is carried out via Datafox Studio. This is available from https://www.datafox.de/unternehmen/downloads/software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Settings for Buttons App ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The innovaphone buttons app has a reachable webpath for datafox terminals&lt;br /&gt;
* The app receives all communication from the terminal via http-get&lt;br /&gt;
** The Buttons app has opened a web path ‘datafox’ below the app path for this purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
*** For example =&amp;gt; &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://ap.domain.de/domain.de/buttons/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;datafox&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**** ap.domain.de =&amp;gt; FQDN of the AppPlattform&lt;br /&gt;
**** /domain.de/buttons/ =&amp;gt; the webpath for the buttons app&lt;br /&gt;
**** datafox =&amp;gt; the subpath as destination for GET-Variables&lt;br /&gt;
* The needed settings for the terminal can be edited via Datafox Studio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Settings in Datafox Studio ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You have to setup the Configuration for Devicecommunication (in view on the example above)&lt;br /&gt;
** com.http = 1&lt;br /&gt;
** com.http_mode[0].host = &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ap.domain.de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** com.http_mode[0].port = 80&lt;br /&gt;
** com.http_mode[0].send = GET &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;/domain.de/buttons/datafox&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;?&lt;br /&gt;
* There are still some fieldnames, you have to choose in the input chain of your setup. All other configuration depends on your setup.&lt;br /&gt;
** Create a Dataset Table &amp;quot;working&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*** df_name&lt;br /&gt;
*** df_serial&lt;br /&gt;
*** action&lt;br /&gt;
*** mac&lt;br /&gt;
*** Date or Datum&lt;br /&gt;
*** maybe other fields you need&lt;br /&gt;
** Assign the Table to your controlpanel&lt;br /&gt;
*** for the operating menu you have to assingn &amp;quot;working&amp;quot; as dataset table&lt;br /&gt;
*** for your Chip/RFID assign &amp;quot;mac&amp;quot; as datafield&lt;br /&gt;
*** for come or leave assign constant values&lt;br /&gt;
**** come =&amp;gt; assign 1 to field action&lt;br /&gt;
**** leave =&amp;gt; assign 2 to field action&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Assign IDs to Users ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have done the steps before, the Datafax Terminal will send your data to the Buttons in OnlineMode&lt;br /&gt;
* You can assign actions to your ID (RFID Token)&lt;br /&gt;
** working-start&lt;br /&gt;
** working-stop&lt;br /&gt;
** ...also all other actions, which can be triggered via buttons App are available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox Studio 001.png|thumb|/Datafox_Studio_001.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Anything to mention which does not fit to above topics. To be deleted if not needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Datafox EVO terminal series offers highly flexible, scalable solutions for digital identification and data capture – from compact entry-level terminals to rugged industrial devices for hygiene-critical environments. Featuring modular hardware, various design options, and seamless system integration, these terminals are ideal for professional IT projects across industries.&lt;br /&gt;
Each terminal is designed to be configured to the customer’s exact requirements – functionally and visually. With fast support, in-house development, and quality “Made in Germany,” Datafox ensures reliability and future-proof implementation in any project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests. You may give personal or general contact data. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Datafox GmbH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Andy Burghart&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dermbacher Str. 12-14&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 36419 Geisa&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 36967 595 0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fax: +49 36967 595 50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:sales@datafox.de sales@datafox.de]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:VisualMailbox_-_mAIsolutions_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77709</id>
		<title>Howto:VisualMailbox - mAIsolutions - 3rd Party Product</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:VisualMailbox_-_mAIsolutions_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77709"/>
		<updated>2025-09-08T06:10:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Userobject */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{FIXME|reason=Work in progress, still incomplete}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIsolutions.png|200px|right|/MAIsolutions.png|/MAIsolutions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place product logo. Use the application-tile-logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIVisualMailbox.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
mAIsolutions [https://www.dm2s.de/maisolutions/ VisualMailbox]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Referral Product|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIsolutions.png|150px|/MAIsolutions.png|/MAIsolutions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducing words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DM² AI Solutions is a technology provider based in Walldorf, Germany, &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
offering a Conversational AI &amp;amp; Workflow Suite designed to help organizations simplify processes, optimize communication flows, and reduce workload efficiently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.dm2s.de/ About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overview. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mAIsolutions Visual Mailbox is a smart voice assistant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It ensures availability by automatically answering incoming calls, asking predefined questions, and documenting all inquiries in a structured way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Callers receive a structured and professional experience while teams save time and stay focused on their core tasks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method helps your team to stay focused and maximizes operational efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formatting if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Secure Web Portal&lt;br /&gt;
* Set-up of VisualMailbox consists of the conversation and questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example process:&lt;br /&gt;
* Greeting: e.g., &amp;quot;Welcome to your practice – how can we help you?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Prompt: Type of request, name, date of birth, callback number – all automated and structured&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing message: e.g., &amp;quot;Thank you – we will take care of your request as soon as possible.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further settings are: call categories, voice, or specific transcript details that you can set-up individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png|/MAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png|/MAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formatting if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Provide exact license type (App or Service) and license name (manufacturer-appname): --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard VisualMailbox with Innovaphone integration starting at EUR 89,- per month&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only Call forwarding to a German phone number&lt;br /&gt;
* No further infrastructure needed. &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone myApps as Web- or native client&lt;br /&gt;
* accessible environment via the reverse proxy via SIP TCP&lt;br /&gt;
* 1x Port for each VisualMailbox number is used for the registration in the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* mAIsolutions VisualMailbox V12345&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V15r1sr1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Explain app license assignment to users or service lics to app objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Also list required configuration steps for Multi-PBX-systems and/or Cloud-environments if applicable when stated above --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;  Userobject ===&lt;br /&gt;
You Create a useraccount in the PBX via UserAdmin or the advanced UI. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Username / H323 Name&lt;br /&gt;
* Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Number&lt;br /&gt;
* HardwareID (for registering, with special options)&lt;br /&gt;
** Reverse Proxy&lt;br /&gt;
** Media Relay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Medai-vmuser 01.png|thumb|508x508px|/Medai-vmuser_01.png|none|/Medai-vmuser_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Medai-vmuser 02.png|thumb|1308x1308px|/Medai-vmuser_02.png|none|/Medai-vmuser_02.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact us: ===&lt;br /&gt;
For the technical setup on our site, we need the environment data:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* PBX Server Adress&lt;br /&gt;
* SIP Domain (Systemname)&lt;br /&gt;
* The useraccount from above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| DM² AI Solutions GmbH&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Schloßweg 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 69190 Walldorf&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: [tel:+496227899299 +496227899299]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:info@dm2s.de info@dm2s.de]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://www.dm2s.de/kontakt/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:VisualMailbox_-_mAIsolutions_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77708</id>
		<title>Howto:VisualMailbox - mAIsolutions - 3rd Party Product</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:VisualMailbox_-_mAIsolutions_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77708"/>
		<updated>2025-09-08T06:08:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Userobject */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{FIXME|reason=Work in progress, still incomplete}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIsolutions.png|200px|right|/MAIsolutions.png|/MAIsolutions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place product logo. Use the application-tile-logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIVisualMailbox.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
mAIsolutions [https://www.dm2s.de/maisolutions/ VisualMailbox]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Referral Product|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIsolutions.png|150px|/MAIsolutions.png|/MAIsolutions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducing words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DM² AI Solutions is a technology provider based in Walldorf, Germany, &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
offering a Conversational AI &amp;amp; Workflow Suite designed to help organizations simplify processes, optimize communication flows, and reduce workload efficiently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.dm2s.de/ About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overview. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mAIsolutions Visual Mailbox is a smart voice assistant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It ensures availability by automatically answering incoming calls, asking predefined questions, and documenting all inquiries in a structured way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Callers receive a structured and professional experience while teams save time and stay focused on their core tasks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method helps your team to stay focused and maximizes operational efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formatting if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Secure Web Portal&lt;br /&gt;
* Set-up of VisualMailbox consists of the conversation and questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example process:&lt;br /&gt;
* Greeting: e.g., &amp;quot;Welcome to your practice – how can we help you?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Prompt: Type of request, name, date of birth, callback number – all automated and structured&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing message: e.g., &amp;quot;Thank you – we will take care of your request as soon as possible.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further settings are: call categories, voice, or specific transcript details that you can set-up individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png|/MAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png|/MAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formatting if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Provide exact license type (App or Service) and license name (manufacturer-appname): --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard VisualMailbox with Innovaphone integration starting at EUR 89,- per month&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only Call forwarding to a German phone number&lt;br /&gt;
* No further infrastructure needed. &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone myApps as Web- or native client&lt;br /&gt;
* accessible environment via the reverse proxy via SIP TCP&lt;br /&gt;
* 1x Port for each VisualMailbox number is used for the registration in the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* mAIsolutions VisualMailbox V12345&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V15r1sr1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Explain app license assignment to users or service lics to app objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Also list required configuration steps for Multi-PBX-systems and/or Cloud-environments if applicable when stated above --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;  Userobject ===&lt;br /&gt;
You Create a useraccount in the PBX via UserAdmin or the advanced UI. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Username / H323 Name&lt;br /&gt;
* Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Number&lt;br /&gt;
* HardwareID (for registering, with special options)&lt;br /&gt;
** Reverse Proxy&lt;br /&gt;
** Media Relay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Medai-vmuser 01.png|thumb|508x508px|/Medai-vmuser_01.png|/Medai-vmuser_01.png|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Medai-vmuser 02.png|thumb|1308x1308px|/Medai-vmuser_02.png|/Medai-vmuser_02.png|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact us: ===&lt;br /&gt;
For the technical setup on our site, we need the environment data:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* PBX Server Adress&lt;br /&gt;
* SIP Domain (Systemname)&lt;br /&gt;
* The useraccount from above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| DM² AI Solutions GmbH&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Schloßweg 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 69190 Walldorf&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: [tel:+496227899299 +496227899299]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:info@dm2s.de info@dm2s.de]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://www.dm2s.de/kontakt/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:VisualMailbox_-_mAIsolutions_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77707</id>
		<title>Howto:VisualMailbox - mAIsolutions - 3rd Party Product</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:VisualMailbox_-_mAIsolutions_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77707"/>
		<updated>2025-09-08T06:07:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: Undo revision 77706 by Pst (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{FIXME|reason=Work in progress, still incomplete}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIsolutions.png|200px|right|/MAIsolutions.png|/MAIsolutions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place product logo. Use the application-tile-logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIVisualMailbox.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
mAIsolutions [https://www.dm2s.de/maisolutions/ VisualMailbox]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Referral Product|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIsolutions.png|150px|/MAIsolutions.png|/MAIsolutions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducing words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DM² AI Solutions is a technology provider based in Walldorf, Germany, &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
offering a Conversational AI &amp;amp; Workflow Suite designed to help organizations simplify processes, optimize communication flows, and reduce workload efficiently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.dm2s.de/ About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overview. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mAIsolutions Visual Mailbox is a smart voice assistant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It ensures availability by automatically answering incoming calls, asking predefined questions, and documenting all inquiries in a structured way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Callers receive a structured and professional experience while teams save time and stay focused on their core tasks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method helps your team to stay focused and maximizes operational efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formatting if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Secure Web Portal&lt;br /&gt;
* Set-up of VisualMailbox consists of the conversation and questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example process:&lt;br /&gt;
* Greeting: e.g., &amp;quot;Welcome to your practice – how can we help you?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Prompt: Type of request, name, date of birth, callback number – all automated and structured&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing message: e.g., &amp;quot;Thank you – we will take care of your request as soon as possible.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further settings are: call categories, voice, or specific transcript details that you can set-up individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png|/MAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png|/MAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formatting if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Provide exact license type (App or Service) and license name (manufacturer-appname): --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard VisualMailbox with Innovaphone integration starting at EUR 89,- per month&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only Call forwarding to a German phone number&lt;br /&gt;
* No further infrastructure needed. &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone myApps as Web- or native client&lt;br /&gt;
* accessible environment via the reverse proxy via SIP TCP&lt;br /&gt;
* 1x Port for each VisualMailbox number is used for the registration in the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* mAIsolutions VisualMailbox V12345&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V15r1sr1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Explain app license assignment to users or service lics to app objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Also list required configuration steps for Multi-PBX-systems and/or Cloud-environments if applicable when stated above --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;  Userobject ===&lt;br /&gt;
You Create a useraccount in the PBX via UserAdmin or the advanced UI. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Username / H323 Name&lt;br /&gt;
* Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Number&lt;br /&gt;
* HardwareID (for registering, with special options)&lt;br /&gt;
** Reverse Proxy&lt;br /&gt;
** Media Relay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Medai-vmuser 01.png|left|thumb|/Medai-vmuser_01.png|508x508px|/Medai-vmuser_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Medai-vmuser 02.png|center|thumb|1308x1308px|/Medai-vmuser_02.png|/Medai-vmuser_02.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact us: ===&lt;br /&gt;
For the technical setup on our site, we need the environment data:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* PBX Server Adress&lt;br /&gt;
* SIP Domain (Systemname)&lt;br /&gt;
* The useraccount from above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| DM² AI Solutions GmbH&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Schloßweg 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 69190 Walldorf&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: [tel:+496227899299 +496227899299]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:info@dm2s.de info@dm2s.de]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://www.dm2s.de/kontakt/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:VisualMailbox_-_mAIsolutions_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77706</id>
		<title>Howto:VisualMailbox - mAIsolutions - 3rd Party Product</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:VisualMailbox_-_mAIsolutions_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77706"/>
		<updated>2025-09-08T06:06:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Contact us: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{FIXME|reason=Work in progress, still incomplete}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIsolutions.png|200px|right|/MAIsolutions.png|/MAIsolutions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place product logo. Use the application-tile-logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIVisualMailbox.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
mAIsolutions [https://www.dm2s.de/maisolutions/ VisualMailbox]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Referral Product|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIsolutions.png|150px|/MAIsolutions.png|/MAIsolutions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducing words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DM² AI Solutions is a technology provider based in Walldorf, Germany, &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
offering a Conversational AI &amp;amp; Workflow Suite designed to help organizations simplify processes, optimize communication flows, and reduce workload efficiently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.dm2s.de/ About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overview. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mAIsolutions Visual Mailbox is a smart voice assistant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It ensures availability by automatically answering incoming calls, asking predefined questions, and documenting all inquiries in a structured way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Callers receive a structured and professional experience while teams save time and stay focused on their core tasks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method helps your team to stay focused and maximizes operational efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formatting if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Secure Web Portal&lt;br /&gt;
* Set-up of VisualMailbox consists of the conversation and questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example process:&lt;br /&gt;
* Greeting: e.g., &amp;quot;Welcome to your practice – how can we help you?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Prompt: Type of request, name, date of birth, callback number – all automated and structured&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing message: e.g., &amp;quot;Thank you – we will take care of your request as soon as possible.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further settings are: call categories, voice, or specific transcript details that you can set-up individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png|/MAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png|/MAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formatting if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Provide exact license type (App or Service) and license name (manufacturer-appname): --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard VisualMailbox with Innovaphone integration starting at EUR 89,- per month&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only Call forwarding to a German phone number&lt;br /&gt;
* No further infrastructure needed. &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone myApps as Web- or native client&lt;br /&gt;
* accessible environment via the reverse proxy via SIP TCP&lt;br /&gt;
* 1x Port for each VisualMailbox number is used for the registration in the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* mAIsolutions VisualMailbox V12345&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V15r1sr1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Explain app license assignment to users or service lics to app objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Also list required configuration steps for Multi-PBX-systems and/or Cloud-environments if applicable when stated above --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;  Userobject ===&lt;br /&gt;
You Create a useraccount in the PBX via UserAdmin or the advanced UI. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Username / H323 Name&lt;br /&gt;
* Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Number&lt;br /&gt;
* HardwareID (for registering, with special options)&lt;br /&gt;
** Reverse Proxy&lt;br /&gt;
** Media Relay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Medai-vmuser 01.png|left|thumb|508x508px|/Medai-vmuser_01.png|/Medai-vmuser_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Medai-vmuser 02.png|center|thumb|1308x1308px|/Medai-vmuser_02.png|/Medai-vmuser_02.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| DM² AI Solutions GmbH&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Schloßweg 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 69190 Walldorf&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: [tel:+496227899299 +496227899299]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:info@dm2s.de info@dm2s.de]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://www.dm2s.de/kontakt/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:VisualMailbox_-_mAIsolutions_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77705</id>
		<title>Howto:VisualMailbox - mAIsolutions - 3rd Party Product</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:VisualMailbox_-_mAIsolutions_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77705"/>
		<updated>2025-09-08T06:05:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Configuration */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{FIXME|reason=Work in progress, still incomplete}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIsolutions.png|200px|right|/MAIsolutions.png|/MAIsolutions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place product logo. Use the application-tile-logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIVisualMailbox.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
mAIsolutions [https://www.dm2s.de/maisolutions/ VisualMailbox]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Referral Product|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIsolutions.png|150px|/MAIsolutions.png|/MAIsolutions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducing words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DM² AI Solutions is a technology provider based in Walldorf, Germany, &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
offering a Conversational AI &amp;amp; Workflow Suite designed to help organizations simplify processes, optimize communication flows, and reduce workload efficiently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.dm2s.de/ About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overview. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mAIsolutions Visual Mailbox is a smart voice assistant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It ensures availability by automatically answering incoming calls, asking predefined questions, and documenting all inquiries in a structured way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Callers receive a structured and professional experience while teams save time and stay focused on their core tasks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method helps your team to stay focused and maximizes operational efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formatting if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Secure Web Portal&lt;br /&gt;
* Set-up of VisualMailbox consists of the conversation and questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example process:&lt;br /&gt;
* Greeting: e.g., &amp;quot;Welcome to your practice – how can we help you?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Prompt: Type of request, name, date of birth, callback number – all automated and structured&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing message: e.g., &amp;quot;Thank you – we will take care of your request as soon as possible.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further settings are: call categories, voice, or specific transcript details that you can set-up individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png|/MAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png|/MAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formatting if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Provide exact license type (App or Service) and license name (manufacturer-appname): --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard VisualMailbox with Innovaphone integration starting at EUR 89,- per month&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only Call forwarding to a German phone number&lt;br /&gt;
* No further infrastructure needed. &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone myApps as Web- or native client&lt;br /&gt;
* accessible environment via the reverse proxy via SIP TCP&lt;br /&gt;
* 1x Port for each VisualMailbox number is used for the registration in the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* mAIsolutions VisualMailbox V12345&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V15r1sr1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Explain app license assignment to users or service lics to app objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Also list required configuration steps for Multi-PBX-systems and/or Cloud-environments if applicable when stated above --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;  Userobject ===&lt;br /&gt;
You Create a useraccount in the PBX via UserAdmin or the advanced UI. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Username / H323 Name&lt;br /&gt;
* Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Number&lt;br /&gt;
* HardwareID (for registering, with special options)&lt;br /&gt;
** Reverse Proxy&lt;br /&gt;
** Media Relay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Medai-vmuser 01.png|left|thumb|/Medai-vmuser_01.png|508x508px|/Medai-vmuser_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Medai-vmuser 02.png|center|thumb|1308x1308px|/Medai-vmuser_02.png|/Medai-vmuser_02.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact us: ===&lt;br /&gt;
For the technical setup on our site, we need the environment data:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* PBX Server Adress&lt;br /&gt;
* SIP Domain (Systemname)&lt;br /&gt;
* The useraccount from above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| DM² AI Solutions GmbH&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Schloßweg 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 69190 Walldorf&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: [tel:+496227899299 +496227899299]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:info@dm2s.de info@dm2s.de]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://www.dm2s.de/kontakt/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:VisualMailbox_-_mAIsolutions_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77704</id>
		<title>Howto:VisualMailbox - mAIsolutions - 3rd Party Product</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:VisualMailbox_-_mAIsolutions_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77704"/>
		<updated>2025-09-08T06:05:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Configuration */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{FIXME|reason=Work in progress, still incomplete}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIsolutions.png|200px|right|/MAIsolutions.png|/MAIsolutions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place product logo. Use the application-tile-logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIVisualMailbox.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
mAIsolutions [https://www.dm2s.de/maisolutions/ VisualMailbox]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Referral Product|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIsolutions.png|150px|/MAIsolutions.png|/MAIsolutions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducing words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DM² AI Solutions is a technology provider based in Walldorf, Germany, &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
offering a Conversational AI &amp;amp; Workflow Suite designed to help organizations simplify processes, optimize communication flows, and reduce workload efficiently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.dm2s.de/ About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overview. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mAIsolutions Visual Mailbox is a smart voice assistant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It ensures availability by automatically answering incoming calls, asking predefined questions, and documenting all inquiries in a structured way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Callers receive a structured and professional experience while teams save time and stay focused on their core tasks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method helps your team to stay focused and maximizes operational efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formatting if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Secure Web Portal&lt;br /&gt;
* Set-up of VisualMailbox consists of the conversation and questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example process:&lt;br /&gt;
* Greeting: e.g., &amp;quot;Welcome to your practice – how can we help you?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Prompt: Type of request, name, date of birth, callback number – all automated and structured&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing message: e.g., &amp;quot;Thank you – we will take care of your request as soon as possible.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further settings are: call categories, voice, or specific transcript details that you can set-up individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png|/MAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png|/MAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formatting if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Provide exact license type (App or Service) and license name (manufacturer-appname): --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard VisualMailbox with Innovaphone integration starting at EUR 89,- per month&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only Call forwarding to a German phone number&lt;br /&gt;
* No further infrastructure needed. &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone myApps as Web- or native client&lt;br /&gt;
* accessible environment via the reverse proxy via SIP TCP&lt;br /&gt;
* 1x Port for each VisualMailbox number is used for the registration in the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* mAIsolutions VisualMailbox V12345&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V15r1sr1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Explain app license assignment to users or service lics to app objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Also list required configuration steps for Multi-PBX-systems and/or Cloud-environments if applicable when stated above --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;  Userobject ===&lt;br /&gt;
You Create a useraccount in the PBX via UserAdmin or the advanced UI. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Username / H323 Name&lt;br /&gt;
* Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Number&lt;br /&gt;
* HardwareID (for registering, with special options)&lt;br /&gt;
** Reverse Proxy&lt;br /&gt;
** Media Relay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Medai-vmuser 01.png|left|thumb|/Medai-vmuser_01.png|/Medai-vmuser_01.png|508x508px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Medai-vmuser 02.png|center|thumb|1308x1308px|/Medai-vmuser_02.png|/Medai-vmuser_02.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact us: ===&lt;br /&gt;
For the technical setup on our site, we need the environment data:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* PBX Server Adress&lt;br /&gt;
* SIP Domain (Systemname)&lt;br /&gt;
* The useraccount from above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| DM² AI Solutions GmbH&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Schloßweg 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 69190 Walldorf&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: [tel:+496227899299 +496227899299]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:info@dm2s.de info@dm2s.de]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://www.dm2s.de/kontakt/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:VisualMailbox_-_mAIsolutions_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77703</id>
		<title>Howto:VisualMailbox - mAIsolutions - 3rd Party Product</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:VisualMailbox_-_mAIsolutions_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77703"/>
		<updated>2025-09-08T06:04:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Configuration */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{FIXME|reason=Work in progress, still incomplete}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIsolutions.png|200px|right|/MAIsolutions.png|/MAIsolutions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place product logo. Use the application-tile-logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIVisualMailbox.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
mAIsolutions [https://www.dm2s.de/maisolutions/ VisualMailbox]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Referral Product|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIsolutions.png|150px|/MAIsolutions.png|/MAIsolutions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducing words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DM² AI Solutions is a technology provider based in Walldorf, Germany, &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
offering a Conversational AI &amp;amp; Workflow Suite designed to help organizations simplify processes, optimize communication flows, and reduce workload efficiently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.dm2s.de/ About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overview. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mAIsolutions Visual Mailbox is a smart voice assistant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It ensures availability by automatically answering incoming calls, asking predefined questions, and documenting all inquiries in a structured way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Callers receive a structured and professional experience while teams save time and stay focused on their core tasks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method helps your team to stay focused and maximizes operational efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formatting if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Secure Web Portal&lt;br /&gt;
* Set-up of VisualMailbox consists of the conversation and questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example process:&lt;br /&gt;
* Greeting: e.g., &amp;quot;Welcome to your practice – how can we help you?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Prompt: Type of request, name, date of birth, callback number – all automated and structured&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing message: e.g., &amp;quot;Thank you – we will take care of your request as soon as possible.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further settings are: call categories, voice, or specific transcript details that you can set-up individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png|/MAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png|/MAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formatting if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Provide exact license type (App or Service) and license name (manufacturer-appname): --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard VisualMailbox with Innovaphone integration starting at EUR 89,- per month&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only Call forwarding to a German phone number&lt;br /&gt;
* No further infrastructure needed. &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone myApps as Web- or native client&lt;br /&gt;
* accessible environment via the reverse proxy via SIP TCP&lt;br /&gt;
* 1x Port for each VisualMailbox number is used for the registration in the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* mAIsolutions VisualMailbox V12345&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V15r1sr1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Explain app license assignment to users or service lics to app objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Also list required configuration steps for Multi-PBX-systems and/or Cloud-environments if applicable when stated above --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;  Userobject ===&lt;br /&gt;
You Create a useraccount in the PBX via UserAdmin or the advanced UI. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Username / H323 Name&lt;br /&gt;
* Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Number&lt;br /&gt;
* HardwareID (for registering, with special options)&lt;br /&gt;
** Reverse Proxy&lt;br /&gt;
** Media Relay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Medai-vmuser 01.png|left|thumb|/Medai-vmuser_01.png|/Medai-vmuser_01.png|508x508px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Medai-vmuser 02.png|center|thumb|1308x1308px|/Medai-vmuser_02.png|/Medai-vmuser_02.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact us: ===&lt;br /&gt;
For the technical setup on our site, we need the environment data:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* PBX Server Adress&lt;br /&gt;
* SIP Domain (Systemname)&lt;br /&gt;
* The useraccount from above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| DM² AI Solutions GmbH&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Schloßweg 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 69190 Walldorf&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: [tel:+496227899299 +496227899299]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:info@dm2s.de info@dm2s.de]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://www.dm2s.de/kontakt/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:VisualMailbox_-_mAIsolutions_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77702</id>
		<title>Howto:VisualMailbox - mAIsolutions - 3rd Party Product</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:VisualMailbox_-_mAIsolutions_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77702"/>
		<updated>2025-09-08T06:03:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Configuration */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{FIXME|reason=Work in progress, still incomplete}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIsolutions.png|200px|right|/MAIsolutions.png|/MAIsolutions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place product logo. Use the application-tile-logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIVisualMailbox.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
mAIsolutions [https://www.dm2s.de/maisolutions/ VisualMailbox]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Referral Product|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIsolutions.png|150px|/MAIsolutions.png|/MAIsolutions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducing words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DM² AI Solutions is a technology provider based in Walldorf, Germany, &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
offering a Conversational AI &amp;amp; Workflow Suite designed to help organizations simplify processes, optimize communication flows, and reduce workload efficiently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.dm2s.de/ About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overview. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mAIsolutions Visual Mailbox is a smart voice assistant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It ensures availability by automatically answering incoming calls, asking predefined questions, and documenting all inquiries in a structured way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Callers receive a structured and professional experience while teams save time and stay focused on their core tasks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method helps your team to stay focused and maximizes operational efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formatting if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Secure Web Portal&lt;br /&gt;
* Set-up of VisualMailbox consists of the conversation and questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example process:&lt;br /&gt;
* Greeting: e.g., &amp;quot;Welcome to your practice – how can we help you?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Prompt: Type of request, name, date of birth, callback number – all automated and structured&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing message: e.g., &amp;quot;Thank you – we will take care of your request as soon as possible.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further settings are: call categories, voice, or specific transcript details that you can set-up individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png|/MAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png|/MAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formatting if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Provide exact license type (App or Service) and license name (manufacturer-appname): --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard VisualMailbox with Innovaphone integration starting at EUR 89,- per month&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only Call forwarding to a German phone number&lt;br /&gt;
* No further infrastructure needed. &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone myApps as Web- or native client&lt;br /&gt;
* accessible environment via the reverse proxy via SIP TCP&lt;br /&gt;
* 1x Port for each VisualMailbox number is used for the registration in the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* mAIsolutions VisualMailbox V12345&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V15r1sr1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Explain app license assignment to users or service lics to app objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Also list required configuration steps for Multi-PBX-systems and/or Cloud-environments if applicable when stated above --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;  Userobject ===&lt;br /&gt;
You Create a useraccount in the PBX via UserAdmin or the advanced UI. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Username / H323 Name&lt;br /&gt;
* Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Number&lt;br /&gt;
* HardwareID (for registering, with special options)&lt;br /&gt;
** Reverse Proxy&lt;br /&gt;
** Media Relay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Medai-vmuser 01.png|left|thumb|/Medai-vmuser_01.png|/Medai-vmuser_01.png|508x508px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Medai-vmuser 02.png|center|thumb|1308x1308px|/Medai-vmuser_02.png|/Medai-vmuser_02.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact us: ===&lt;br /&gt;
For the technical setup on our site, we need the environment data:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* PBX Server Adress&lt;br /&gt;
* SIP Domain (Systemname)&lt;br /&gt;
* The useraccount from above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| DM² AI Solutions GmbH&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Schloßweg 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 69190 Walldorf&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: [tel:+496227899299 +496227899299]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:info@dm2s.de info@dm2s.de]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://www.dm2s.de/kontakt/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:VisualMailbox_-_mAIsolutions_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77701</id>
		<title>Howto:VisualMailbox - mAIsolutions - 3rd Party Product</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:VisualMailbox_-_mAIsolutions_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77701"/>
		<updated>2025-09-08T06:03:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Configuration */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{FIXME|reason=Work in progress, still incomplete}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIsolutions.png|200px|right|/MAIsolutions.png|/MAIsolutions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place product logo. Use the application-tile-logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIVisualMailbox.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
mAIsolutions [https://www.dm2s.de/maisolutions/ VisualMailbox]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Referral Product|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIsolutions.png|150px|/MAIsolutions.png|/MAIsolutions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducing words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DM² AI Solutions is a technology provider based in Walldorf, Germany, &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
offering a Conversational AI &amp;amp; Workflow Suite designed to help organizations simplify processes, optimize communication flows, and reduce workload efficiently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.dm2s.de/ About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overview. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mAIsolutions Visual Mailbox is a smart voice assistant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It ensures availability by automatically answering incoming calls, asking predefined questions, and documenting all inquiries in a structured way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Callers receive a structured and professional experience while teams save time and stay focused on their core tasks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method helps your team to stay focused and maximizes operational efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formatting if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Secure Web Portal&lt;br /&gt;
* Set-up of VisualMailbox consists of the conversation and questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example process:&lt;br /&gt;
* Greeting: e.g., &amp;quot;Welcome to your practice – how can we help you?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Prompt: Type of request, name, date of birth, callback number – all automated and structured&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing message: e.g., &amp;quot;Thank you – we will take care of your request as soon as possible.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further settings are: call categories, voice, or specific transcript details that you can set-up individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png|/MAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png|/MAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formatting if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Provide exact license type (App or Service) and license name (manufacturer-appname): --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard VisualMailbox with Innovaphone integration starting at EUR 89,- per month&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only Call forwarding to a German phone number&lt;br /&gt;
* No further infrastructure needed. &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone myApps as Web- or native client&lt;br /&gt;
* accessible environment via the reverse proxy via SIP TCP&lt;br /&gt;
* 1x Port for each VisualMailbox number is used for the registration in the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* mAIsolutions VisualMailbox V12345&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V15r1sr1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Explain app license assignment to users or service lics to app objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Also list required configuration steps for Multi-PBX-systems and/or Cloud-environments if applicable when stated above --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;  Userobject ===&lt;br /&gt;
You Create a useraccount in the PBX via UserAdmin or the advanced UI. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Username / H323 Name&lt;br /&gt;
* Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Number&lt;br /&gt;
* HardwareID (for registering, with special options)&lt;br /&gt;
** Reverse Proxy&lt;br /&gt;
** Media Relay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Medai-vmuser 01.png|left|thumb|/Medai-vmuser_01.png|/Medai-vmuser_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Medai-vmuser 02.png|center|thumb|1308x1308px|/Medai-vmuser_02.png|/Medai-vmuser_02.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact us: ===&lt;br /&gt;
For the technical setup on our site, we need the environment data:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* PBX Server Adress&lt;br /&gt;
* SIP Domain (Systemname)&lt;br /&gt;
* The useraccount from above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| DM² AI Solutions GmbH&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Schloßweg 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 69190 Walldorf&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: [tel:+496227899299 +496227899299]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:info@dm2s.de info@dm2s.de]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://www.dm2s.de/kontakt/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:VisualMailbox_-_mAIsolutions_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77700</id>
		<title>Howto:VisualMailbox - mAIsolutions - 3rd Party Product</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:VisualMailbox_-_mAIsolutions_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77700"/>
		<updated>2025-09-08T06:01:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Userobject */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{FIXME|reason=Work in progress, still incomplete}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIsolutions.png|200px|right|/MAIsolutions.png|/MAIsolutions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place product logo. Use the application-tile-logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIVisualMailbox.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
mAIsolutions [https://www.dm2s.de/maisolutions/ VisualMailbox]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Referral Product|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIsolutions.png|150px|/MAIsolutions.png|/MAIsolutions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducing words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DM² AI Solutions is a technology provider based in Walldorf, Germany, &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
offering a Conversational AI &amp;amp; Workflow Suite designed to help organizations simplify processes, optimize communication flows, and reduce workload efficiently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.dm2s.de/ About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overview. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mAIsolutions Visual Mailbox is a smart voice assistant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It ensures availability by automatically answering incoming calls, asking predefined questions, and documenting all inquiries in a structured way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Callers receive a structured and professional experience while teams save time and stay focused on their core tasks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method helps your team to stay focused and maximizes operational efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formatting if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Secure Web Portal&lt;br /&gt;
* Set-up of VisualMailbox consists of the conversation and questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example process:&lt;br /&gt;
* Greeting: e.g., &amp;quot;Welcome to your practice – how can we help you?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Prompt: Type of request, name, date of birth, callback number – all automated and structured&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing message: e.g., &amp;quot;Thank you – we will take care of your request as soon as possible.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further settings are: call categories, voice, or specific transcript details that you can set-up individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png|/MAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png|/MAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formatting if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Provide exact license type (App or Service) and license name (manufacturer-appname): --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard VisualMailbox with Innovaphone integration starting at EUR 89,- per month&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only Call forwarding to a German phone number&lt;br /&gt;
* No further infrastructure needed. &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone myApps as Web- or native client&lt;br /&gt;
* accessible environment via the reverse proxy via SIP TCP&lt;br /&gt;
* 1x Port for each VisualMailbox number is used for the registration in the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* mAIsolutions VisualMailbox V12345&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V15r1sr1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Explain app license assignment to users or service lics to app objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Also list required configuration steps for Multi-PBX-systems and/or Cloud-environments if applicable when stated above --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;  Userobject ===&lt;br /&gt;
You Create a useraccount in the PBX via UserAdmin or the advanced UI. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Username / H323 Name&lt;br /&gt;
* Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Number&lt;br /&gt;
* HardwareID (for registering, with special options)&lt;br /&gt;
** Reverse Proxy&lt;br /&gt;
** Media Relay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Medai-vmuser 01.png|left|thumb|/Medai-vmuser_01.png|/Medai-vmuser_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Medai-vmuser 02.png|center|thumb|1308x1308px|/Medai-vmuser_02.png|/Medai-vmuser_02.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact us: ===&lt;br /&gt;
For the technical setup on our site, we need the environment data:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* PBX Server Adress&lt;br /&gt;
* SIP Domain (Systemname)&lt;br /&gt;
* The useraccount from above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| DM² AI Solutions GmbH&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Schloßweg 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 69190 Walldorf&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: [tel:+496227899299 +496227899299]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:info@dm2s.de info@dm2s.de]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://www.dm2s.de/kontakt/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:VisualMailbox_-_mAIsolutions_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77699</id>
		<title>Howto:VisualMailbox - mAIsolutions - 3rd Party Product</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:VisualMailbox_-_mAIsolutions_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77699"/>
		<updated>2025-09-08T06:01:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Userobject */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{FIXME|reason=Work in progress, still incomplete}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIsolutions.png|200px|right|/MAIsolutions.png|/MAIsolutions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place product logo. Use the application-tile-logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIVisualMailbox.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
mAIsolutions [https://www.dm2s.de/maisolutions/ VisualMailbox]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Referral Product|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIsolutions.png|150px|/MAIsolutions.png|/MAIsolutions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducing words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DM² AI Solutions is a technology provider based in Walldorf, Germany, &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
offering a Conversational AI &amp;amp; Workflow Suite designed to help organizations simplify processes, optimize communication flows, and reduce workload efficiently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.dm2s.de/ About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overview. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mAIsolutions Visual Mailbox is a smart voice assistant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It ensures availability by automatically answering incoming calls, asking predefined questions, and documenting all inquiries in a structured way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Callers receive a structured and professional experience while teams save time and stay focused on their core tasks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method helps your team to stay focused and maximizes operational efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formatting if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Secure Web Portal&lt;br /&gt;
* Set-up of VisualMailbox consists of the conversation and questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example process:&lt;br /&gt;
* Greeting: e.g., &amp;quot;Welcome to your practice – how can we help you?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Prompt: Type of request, name, date of birth, callback number – all automated and structured&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing message: e.g., &amp;quot;Thank you – we will take care of your request as soon as possible.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further settings are: call categories, voice, or specific transcript details that you can set-up individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png|/MAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png|/MAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formatting if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Provide exact license type (App or Service) and license name (manufacturer-appname): --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard VisualMailbox with Innovaphone integration starting at EUR 89,- per month&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only Call forwarding to a German phone number&lt;br /&gt;
* No further infrastructure needed. &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone myApps as Web- or native client&lt;br /&gt;
* accessible environment via the reverse proxy via SIP TCP&lt;br /&gt;
* 1x Port for each VisualMailbox number is used for the registration in the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* mAIsolutions VisualMailbox V12345&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V15r1sr1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Explain app license assignment to users or service lics to app objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Also list required configuration steps for Multi-PBX-systems and/or Cloud-environments if applicable when stated above --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;  Userobject ===&lt;br /&gt;
You Create a useraccount in the PBX via UserAdmin or the advanced UI. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Username / H323 Name&lt;br /&gt;
* Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Number&lt;br /&gt;
* HardwareID (for registering, with special options)&lt;br /&gt;
** Reverse Proxy&lt;br /&gt;
** Media Relay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Medai-vmuser 01.png|left|thumb|/Medai-vmuser_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Medai-vmuser 02.png|center|thumb|1308x1308px|/Medai-vmuser_02.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact us: ===&lt;br /&gt;
For the technical setup on our site, we need the environment data:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* PBX Server Adress&lt;br /&gt;
* SIP Domain (Systemname)&lt;br /&gt;
* The useraccount from above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| DM² AI Solutions GmbH&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Schloßweg 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 69190 Walldorf&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: [tel:+496227899299 +496227899299]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:info@dm2s.de info@dm2s.de]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://www.dm2s.de/kontakt/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:VisualMailbox_-_mAIsolutions_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77698</id>
		<title>Howto:VisualMailbox - mAIsolutions - 3rd Party Product</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:VisualMailbox_-_mAIsolutions_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77698"/>
		<updated>2025-09-08T06:01:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Compatible innovaphone firmware versions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{FIXME|reason=Work in progress, still incomplete}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyLogo by real logo-name. Do not change size &amp;amp; alignment. Upload image by pressing red link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIsolutions.png|200px|right|/MAIsolutions.png|/MAIsolutions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place product logo. Use the application-tile-logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIVisualMailbox.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace CompanyName &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
mAIsolutions [https://www.dm2s.de/maisolutions/ VisualMailbox]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be added by innovaphone upon document check, app availability in innovaphone-appstore &amp;amp; operational check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do not change this section and do not remove comments. Will be set by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Referral Product|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty CTI and integrations}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAIsolutions.png|150px|/MAIsolutions.png|/MAIsolutions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducing words about the vendor itself. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DM² AI Solutions is a technology provider based in Walldorf, Germany, &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
offering a Conversational AI &amp;amp; Workflow Suite designed to help organizations simplify processes, optimize communication flows, and reduce workload efficiently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- For further information refer to vendor website via link --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.dm2s.de/ About us]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overview. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the main product purpose. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- At max 3 sentences, no novels. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mAIsolutions Visual Mailbox is a smart voice assistant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It ensures availability by automatically answering incoming calls, asking predefined questions, and documenting all inquiries in a structured way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Callers receive a structured and professional experience while teams save time and stay focused on their core tasks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method helps your team to stay focused and maximizes operational efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the application. Use formatting if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Preferred format is a short list of functions/buzz words offered by the product --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Secure Web Portal&lt;br /&gt;
* Set-up of VisualMailbox consists of the conversation and questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example process:&lt;br /&gt;
* Greeting: e.g., &amp;quot;Welcome to your practice – how can we help you?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Prompt: Type of request, name, date of birth, callback number – all automated and structured&lt;br /&gt;
* Closing message: e.g., &amp;quot;Thank you – we will take care of your request as soon as possible.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further settings are: call categories, voice, or specific transcript details that you can set-up individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png|/MAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png|/MAI_VisualMailbox_Screenshot.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-PBX ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Multi-PBX-systems / Master-Slave --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated towards slave-pbxes, by slave-users, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cloud ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give test-prooved statement about product usability in Cloud-environments / Hosted PBXes --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- I.e. can the application be operated via NAT-boundaries, special configuration steps, special requirements, ...  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, provide hints about required configuration steps below in the chapter Configuration --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licensing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give information about costs and licensing model. Use formatting if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Provide exact license type (App or Service) and license name (manufacturer-appname): --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard VisualMailbox with Innovaphone integration starting at EUR 89,- per month&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If applicable, name any system requirements / technical requirements. For example, if the function of the free app requires the use of software for which a fee is charged. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only Call forwarding to a German phone number&lt;br /&gt;
* No further infrastructure needed. &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone myApps as Web- or native client&lt;br /&gt;
* accessible environment via the reverse proxy via SIP TCP&lt;br /&gt;
* 1x Port for each VisualMailbox number is used for the registration in the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone FW is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible innovaphone firmware versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List compatible major innovaphone firmware versions. Several listings are valid --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V14r2&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application versions used for interop testing===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Application by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* mAIsolutions VisualMailbox V12345&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust tested innovaphone FW --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone V15r1sr1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty application --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- We recommend to add a link to your website providing this information or alternatively provide a PDF-formatted config document. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- List the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Name used APIs to be activated in ap-objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Explain app license assignment to users or service lics to app objects --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Also list required configuration steps for Multi-PBX-systems and/or Cloud-environments if applicable when stated above --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;  Userobject ===&lt;br /&gt;
You Create a useraccount in the PBX via UserAdmin or the advanced UI. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Username / H323 Name&lt;br /&gt;
* Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Number&lt;br /&gt;
* HardwareID (for registering, with special options)&lt;br /&gt;
** Reverse Proxy&lt;br /&gt;
** Media Relay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Medai-vmuser 01.png|left|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Medai-vmuser 02.png|center|thumb|1308x1308px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact us: ===&lt;br /&gt;
For the technical setup on our site, we need the environment data:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* PBX Server Adress&lt;br /&gt;
* SIP Domain (Systemname)&lt;br /&gt;
* The useraccount from above&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests and support. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You may give personal or general contact data or refer to external contact page --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| DM² AI Solutions GmbH&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Schloßweg 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 69190 Walldorf&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: [tel:+496227899299 +496227899299]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:info@dm2s.de info@dm2s.de]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any questions please refer to [https://www.dm2s.de/kontakt/ our contact page].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Medai-vmuser_02.png&amp;diff=77697</id>
		<title>File:Medai-vmuser 02.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Medai-vmuser_02.png&amp;diff=77697"/>
		<updated>2025-09-08T06:00:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Hardwaredevice&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Medai-vmuser_01.png&amp;diff=77696</id>
		<title>File:Medai-vmuser 01.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Medai-vmuser_01.png&amp;diff=77696"/>
		<updated>2025-09-08T05:58:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Create Userobject&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:EVO_TimeTrackingTerminals_-_Datafox_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77683</id>
		<title>Howto:EVO TimeTrackingTerminals - Datafox - 3rd Party Product</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:EVO_TimeTrackingTerminals_-_Datafox_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77683"/>
		<updated>2025-09-02T11:59:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Configuration */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Datafox Logo CI7 2025.png|200px|right|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Datafox GmbH &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Datafox GmbH [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/time-recording EVO Time tracking terminals]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be done by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- {{Template:Compat_Status_referral_terminals|manufacturername=Acme Ltd.|certificationdate=in January 1970}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Referral Product|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty_Terminal_Devices}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty Terminal Devices|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Datafox Logo CI7 2025.png|150px|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Datafox is a German manufacturer of devices for time recording, access control, and operational data collection. Established in 1998, we design and produce all products in Thuringia – 100% Made in Germany.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox Siegel Made in Germany.jpg|100px|right|/Datafox_Siegel_Made_in_Germany.jpg|/Datafox_Siegel_Made_in_Germany.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the leading suppliers in Central Europe, we offer a broad portfolio of terminals, self-service PCs, access readers, and controllers – complemented by accessories for convenient identification and flexible installation.&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks to our collaboration with a wide network of system integrators, our devices can be seamlessly integrated into diverse IT environments – including communication platforms such as innovaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the product, benefits, other information to mention to understand main product purpose --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This section presents a curated selection of Datafox terminals for time and access management. These represent a subset of our portfolio and are selected for their proven suitability in UC-related projects – such as integration into communication environments like innovaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
All terminals are custom-configured and manufactured based on individual project requirements. Depending on the site and functional needs, different models can be selected and deployed in combination – enabling scalable, tailored solutions.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
! Datafox EVO 3.5 Pure   !! Datafox EVO 5.0 Pure!! Datafox EVO 5.0 Flex&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Datafox EVO 3.5 Pure.png|150px|center|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Pure.png|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Pure.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EVO 3.5 Pure is our most compact and cost-efficient terminal – ideal for projects that require a small display and straightforward interaction. It is particularly suitable for budget-sensitive environments, installations with limited space, or where individual design is not a priority.&lt;br /&gt;
Despite its price advantage, it offers full functionality for time and job tracking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 || [[File:Datafox EVO 5.0 Pure White.png|160px|center|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Pure_White.png|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Pure_White.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EVO 5.0 Pure shares its housing and base features with the EVO 3.5 Pure, but offers enhanced usability through a larger 5.0” display.&lt;br /&gt;
This allows for a more comfortable user experience, especially where extended keypad layouts or visual feedback are required.&lt;br /&gt;
The device can be equipped with either a capacitive or resistive touch interface, making it adaptable to various environments and usage scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
It is available in both anthracite (RAL 7016) and signal white (RAL 9003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 || [[File:Datafox EVO 5.0 Flex.png|170px|center|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Flex.png|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Flex.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The EVO 5.0 Flex combines the compact size of the EVO Pure series with the premium build quality of the Flex line. It features a solid aluminium frame with a durable real-glass front, offering an elevated look and feel, as well as IP65 front protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For companies seeking a visually branded setup, this terminal supports custom printing on the housing – beyond just logo display on screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 3.5” capacitive touch display (480 × 320 px)&lt;br /&gt;
* Plastic housing (PC-ABS), IP54 front protection&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 109 × 200 × 85 mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard colour: Anthracite (RAL 7016), custom colours from 500 units&lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 5.0” capacitive or resistive touch display (800 × 480 px)&lt;br /&gt;
* Plastic housing (PC-ABS), IP54 front protection&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 109 × 200 × 85 mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard colour: Anthracite (RAL 7016) and Signal white (RAL 9003)&lt;br /&gt;
 ||&#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 5.0” capacitive touch display (800 × 480 px)&lt;br /&gt;
* Housing: anodised aluminium, hardened real-glass front (≥6H)&lt;br /&gt;
* Front protection class: IP65&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 109 × 200 × 85 mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
EVO 3.5 Pure base unit (Art. 114051) with&lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 114304MB)&lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 114104)&lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 114117)&lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
EVO 5.0 Pure base unit signal white (Art. 114061-WS) with&lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 114304MB)&lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 114104)&lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 114117)&lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
EVO 5.0 Flex base unit (Art. 135001) with&lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 135304MB)&lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 135104)&lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 135117) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-35-pure/ EVO 3.5 Pure] || [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-50-pure EVO 5.0 Pure] || [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-50-flex EVO 5.0 Flex] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Datafox EVO 7.0 Flex !! Datafox EVO 3.5 Universal IP66 und IP69K&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox EVO 7.0 Flex.png|150px|center|/Datafox_EVO_7.0_Flex.png|/Datafox_EVO_7.0_Flex.png]] Our largest and most advanced terminal – perfect where space allows and premium usability is expected.  &lt;br /&gt;
 ||&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox EVO 3.5 Universal IP66,69K.png|120px|center|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Universal_IP66,69K.png|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Universal_IP66,69K.png]] The EVO 3.5 Universal IP66/IP69K is built for high-hygiene and extreme industrial conditions – such as food processing spray zones, wash bays, or marine terminals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 7.0” color TFT (480 × 800 pixels)  &lt;br /&gt;
* Housing: anodised aluminium, hardened real-glass front (≥6H)&lt;br /&gt;
* Front protection class: IP65&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 140 x 266 x 95 mm &lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard colour: Black, customized design possible&lt;br /&gt;
 || It comes standard with integrated access control capabilities, including multiple I/Os and RS485 interfaces for direct connection of door modules and readers – making it a fully equipped access control terminal right out of the box.&lt;br /&gt;
Its anodised aluminium frame, real-glass front and V4A stainless steel backplate ensure exceptional resistance to water, dust, impact, and cleaning processes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 3.5” color TFT (320 × 480 pixels)    &lt;br /&gt;
* IP66/IP69K: full protection against dust, water, pressure cleaning    &lt;br /&gt;
* Aluminum frame (hard-anodized), real glass (hardness ≥6H), V4A stainless steel base    &lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 96 × 243 × 55 mm (W×H×D)    &lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: –20 to +50 °C (PoE: –20 to +40 °C)    &lt;br /&gt;
* Integrated I/Os, RS485, PoE, LAN    &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes distance spacers for hygiene-compliant wall mounting  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
EVO 7.0 Flex base unit (Art. 126001) with  &lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 126304MB)   &lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 126104)  &lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 126117) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;pre-configured&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-70 EVO 7.0 Flex] || [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-35-universal-ip66-and-ip69k EVO 3.5 Universal IP66/IP69K]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&#039;&#039;&#039;Benefits at a glance:&#039;&#039;&#039;--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
* Tailored configuration for project-specific requirements&lt;br /&gt;
* Custom printing &amp;amp; color design (depending on device type)&lt;br /&gt;
* Adaptable display layouts &lt;br /&gt;
* Made in Germany: production, support and service&lt;br /&gt;
* Long-term product availability and spare parts supply&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Use Cases==&lt;br /&gt;
* Employee time tracking&lt;br /&gt;
* Project and job time logging&lt;br /&gt;
* Volunteer time tracking at events&lt;br /&gt;
* Access control with rights management&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitor and supplier access&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost center allocation&lt;br /&gt;
* Machine unlocking / machine control&lt;br /&gt;
* Driver’s license validation before vehicle use &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the product. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mounting &amp;amp; Accessories&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Wall mounting (standard configuration)&lt;br /&gt;
* Weather protection roof, desktop stand, pedestal&lt;br /&gt;
* Front panel mounting kit for flush integration (1–3 mm front plates)&lt;br /&gt;
* Shatter protection film for glass front&lt;br /&gt;
* Braille overlay&lt;br /&gt;
* SD card slot for memory expansion&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reading Technologies &amp;amp; Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Supported RFID technologies: MIFARE Classic, MIFARE DESFire, MIFARE Plus, NFC, LEGIC Prime, LEGIC Advant, HITAG, EM4200, ISO 14443, ISO 15693&lt;br /&gt;
* Barcode &amp;amp; QR code reader&lt;br /&gt;
* Fingerprint sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* iButton or PIN input&lt;br /&gt;
* Multi-factor authentication (e.g. card + PIN)&lt;br /&gt;
* Signature capture via touch display (image file)&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Communication &amp;amp; Power&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Ethernet (LAN), Wi-Fi, mobile network (LTE)&lt;br /&gt;
* Power supply via PoE or external power adapter&lt;br /&gt;
* Configuration via free Datafox Studio software&lt;br /&gt;
* Central device management tool (upcoming)&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Special Features &amp;amp; Expansion Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Access control modules incl. &amp;quot;Data on Card&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Machine data collection modules&lt;br /&gt;
* GPS module&lt;br /&gt;
* Integrated speaker&lt;br /&gt;
* Wrist temperature measurement&lt;br /&gt;
* Relay and I/O control (e.g. for machines or doors)&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuous activation when RFID card remains detected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==innovaphone Working Integration==&lt;br /&gt;
Datafox terminals can operate the Working App via the the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configured identities (RFID, PIN, Fingerprint) can be assigned to a PBX user via the Application buttons..&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone firmware is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Product versions used for interop testing:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Product by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Datafox EVO Version XYZ&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust used innovaphone FW, if applied add further applications (e.g. TAPI &amp;amp; Versions) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX V15r1&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone Buttons App 15r1&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone Working App 15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
This only applies to the connection to Innovaphone, not the complete configuration of a Datafox terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configuration of terminals is carried out via Datafox Studio. This is available from https://www.datafox.de/unternehmen/downloads/software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings for Buttons App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The innovaphone buttons app has a reachable webpath for datafox terminals&lt;br /&gt;
* The app receives all communication from the terminal via http-get&lt;br /&gt;
* The needed settings for the terminal can be edited via Datafox Studio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox Studio 001.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Anything to mention which does not fit to above topics. To be deleted if not needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Datafox EVO terminal series offers highly flexible, scalable solutions for digital identification and data capture – from compact entry-level terminals to rugged industrial devices for hygiene-critical environments. Featuring modular hardware, various design options, and seamless system integration, these terminals are ideal for professional IT projects across industries.&lt;br /&gt;
Each terminal is designed to be configured to the customer’s exact requirements – functionally and visually. With fast support, in-house development, and quality “Made in Germany,” Datafox ensures reliability and future-proof implementation in any project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests. You may give personal or general contact data. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Datafox GmbH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Andy Burghart&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dermbacher Str. 12-14&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 36419 Geisa&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 36967 595 0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fax: +49 36967 595 50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:sales@datafox.de sales@datafox.de]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Datafox_Studio_001.png&amp;diff=77682</id>
		<title>File:Datafox Studio 001.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Datafox_Studio_001.png&amp;diff=77682"/>
		<updated>2025-09-02T11:58:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Datafox Studio Settings&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:EVO_TimeTrackingTerminals_-_Datafox_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77681</id>
		<title>Howto:EVO TimeTrackingTerminals - Datafox - 3rd Party Product</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:EVO_TimeTrackingTerminals_-_Datafox_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77681"/>
		<updated>2025-09-02T11:40:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Configuration */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Datafox Logo CI7 2025.png|200px|right|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Datafox GmbH &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Datafox GmbH [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/time-recording EVO Time tracking terminals]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be done by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- {{Template:Compat_Status_referral_terminals|manufacturername=Acme Ltd.|certificationdate=in January 1970}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Referral Product|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty_Terminal_Devices}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty Terminal Devices|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Datafox Logo CI7 2025.png|150px|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Datafox is a German manufacturer of devices for time recording, access control, and operational data collection. Established in 1998, we design and produce all products in Thuringia – 100% Made in Germany.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox Siegel Made in Germany.jpg|100px|right|/Datafox_Siegel_Made_in_Germany.jpg|/Datafox_Siegel_Made_in_Germany.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the leading suppliers in Central Europe, we offer a broad portfolio of terminals, self-service PCs, access readers, and controllers – complemented by accessories for convenient identification and flexible installation.&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks to our collaboration with a wide network of system integrators, our devices can be seamlessly integrated into diverse IT environments – including communication platforms such as innovaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the product, benefits, other information to mention to understand main product purpose --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This section presents a curated selection of Datafox terminals for time and access management. These represent a subset of our portfolio and are selected for their proven suitability in UC-related projects – such as integration into communication environments like innovaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
All terminals are custom-configured and manufactured based on individual project requirements. Depending on the site and functional needs, different models can be selected and deployed in combination – enabling scalable, tailored solutions.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
! Datafox EVO 3.5 Pure   !! Datafox EVO 5.0 Pure!! Datafox EVO 5.0 Flex&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Datafox EVO 3.5 Pure.png|150px|center|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Pure.png|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Pure.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EVO 3.5 Pure is our most compact and cost-efficient terminal – ideal for projects that require a small display and straightforward interaction. It is particularly suitable for budget-sensitive environments, installations with limited space, or where individual design is not a priority.&lt;br /&gt;
Despite its price advantage, it offers full functionality for time and job tracking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 || [[File:Datafox EVO 5.0 Pure White.png|160px|center|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Pure_White.png|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Pure_White.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EVO 5.0 Pure shares its housing and base features with the EVO 3.5 Pure, but offers enhanced usability through a larger 5.0” display.&lt;br /&gt;
This allows for a more comfortable user experience, especially where extended keypad layouts or visual feedback are required.&lt;br /&gt;
The device can be equipped with either a capacitive or resistive touch interface, making it adaptable to various environments and usage scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
It is available in both anthracite (RAL 7016) and signal white (RAL 9003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 || [[File:Datafox EVO 5.0 Flex.png|170px|center|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Flex.png|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Flex.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The EVO 5.0 Flex combines the compact size of the EVO Pure series with the premium build quality of the Flex line. It features a solid aluminium frame with a durable real-glass front, offering an elevated look and feel, as well as IP65 front protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For companies seeking a visually branded setup, this terminal supports custom printing on the housing – beyond just logo display on screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 3.5” capacitive touch display (480 × 320 px)&lt;br /&gt;
* Plastic housing (PC-ABS), IP54 front protection&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 109 × 200 × 85 mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard colour: Anthracite (RAL 7016), custom colours from 500 units&lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 5.0” capacitive or resistive touch display (800 × 480 px)&lt;br /&gt;
* Plastic housing (PC-ABS), IP54 front protection&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 109 × 200 × 85 mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard colour: Anthracite (RAL 7016) and Signal white (RAL 9003)&lt;br /&gt;
 ||&#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 5.0” capacitive touch display (800 × 480 px)&lt;br /&gt;
* Housing: anodised aluminium, hardened real-glass front (≥6H)&lt;br /&gt;
* Front protection class: IP65&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 109 × 200 × 85 mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
EVO 3.5 Pure base unit (Art. 114051) with&lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 114304MB)&lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 114104)&lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 114117)&lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
EVO 5.0 Pure base unit signal white (Art. 114061-WS) with&lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 114304MB)&lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 114104)&lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 114117)&lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
EVO 5.0 Flex base unit (Art. 135001) with&lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 135304MB)&lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 135104)&lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 135117) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-35-pure/ EVO 3.5 Pure] || [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-50-pure EVO 5.0 Pure] || [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-50-flex EVO 5.0 Flex] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Datafox EVO 7.0 Flex !! Datafox EVO 3.5 Universal IP66 und IP69K&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox EVO 7.0 Flex.png|150px|center|/Datafox_EVO_7.0_Flex.png|/Datafox_EVO_7.0_Flex.png]] Our largest and most advanced terminal – perfect where space allows and premium usability is expected.  &lt;br /&gt;
 ||&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox EVO 3.5 Universal IP66,69K.png|120px|center|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Universal_IP66,69K.png|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Universal_IP66,69K.png]] The EVO 3.5 Universal IP66/IP69K is built for high-hygiene and extreme industrial conditions – such as food processing spray zones, wash bays, or marine terminals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 7.0” color TFT (480 × 800 pixels)  &lt;br /&gt;
* Housing: anodised aluminium, hardened real-glass front (≥6H)&lt;br /&gt;
* Front protection class: IP65&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 140 x 266 x 95 mm &lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard colour: Black, customized design possible&lt;br /&gt;
 || It comes standard with integrated access control capabilities, including multiple I/Os and RS485 interfaces for direct connection of door modules and readers – making it a fully equipped access control terminal right out of the box.&lt;br /&gt;
Its anodised aluminium frame, real-glass front and V4A stainless steel backplate ensure exceptional resistance to water, dust, impact, and cleaning processes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 3.5” color TFT (320 × 480 pixels)    &lt;br /&gt;
* IP66/IP69K: full protection against dust, water, pressure cleaning    &lt;br /&gt;
* Aluminum frame (hard-anodized), real glass (hardness ≥6H), V4A stainless steel base    &lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 96 × 243 × 55 mm (W×H×D)    &lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: –20 to +50 °C (PoE: –20 to +40 °C)    &lt;br /&gt;
* Integrated I/Os, RS485, PoE, LAN    &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes distance spacers for hygiene-compliant wall mounting  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
EVO 7.0 Flex base unit (Art. 126001) with  &lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 126304MB)   &lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 126104)  &lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 126117) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;pre-configured&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-70 EVO 7.0 Flex] || [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-35-universal-ip66-and-ip69k EVO 3.5 Universal IP66/IP69K]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&#039;&#039;&#039;Benefits at a glance:&#039;&#039;&#039;--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
* Tailored configuration for project-specific requirements&lt;br /&gt;
* Custom printing &amp;amp; color design (depending on device type)&lt;br /&gt;
* Adaptable display layouts &lt;br /&gt;
* Made in Germany: production, support and service&lt;br /&gt;
* Long-term product availability and spare parts supply&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Use Cases==&lt;br /&gt;
* Employee time tracking&lt;br /&gt;
* Project and job time logging&lt;br /&gt;
* Volunteer time tracking at events&lt;br /&gt;
* Access control with rights management&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitor and supplier access&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost center allocation&lt;br /&gt;
* Machine unlocking / machine control&lt;br /&gt;
* Driver’s license validation before vehicle use &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the product. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mounting &amp;amp; Accessories&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Wall mounting (standard configuration)&lt;br /&gt;
* Weather protection roof, desktop stand, pedestal&lt;br /&gt;
* Front panel mounting kit for flush integration (1–3 mm front plates)&lt;br /&gt;
* Shatter protection film for glass front&lt;br /&gt;
* Braille overlay&lt;br /&gt;
* SD card slot for memory expansion&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reading Technologies &amp;amp; Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Supported RFID technologies: MIFARE Classic, MIFARE DESFire, MIFARE Plus, NFC, LEGIC Prime, LEGIC Advant, HITAG, EM4200, ISO 14443, ISO 15693&lt;br /&gt;
* Barcode &amp;amp; QR code reader&lt;br /&gt;
* Fingerprint sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* iButton or PIN input&lt;br /&gt;
* Multi-factor authentication (e.g. card + PIN)&lt;br /&gt;
* Signature capture via touch display (image file)&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Communication &amp;amp; Power&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Ethernet (LAN), Wi-Fi, mobile network (LTE)&lt;br /&gt;
* Power supply via PoE or external power adapter&lt;br /&gt;
* Configuration via free Datafox Studio software&lt;br /&gt;
* Central device management tool (upcoming)&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Special Features &amp;amp; Expansion Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Access control modules incl. &amp;quot;Data on Card&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Machine data collection modules&lt;br /&gt;
* GPS module&lt;br /&gt;
* Integrated speaker&lt;br /&gt;
* Wrist temperature measurement&lt;br /&gt;
* Relay and I/O control (e.g. for machines or doors)&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuous activation when RFID card remains detected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==innovaphone Working Integration==&lt;br /&gt;
Datafox terminals can operate the Working App via the the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configured identities (RFID, PIN, Fingerprint) can be assigned to a PBX user via the Application buttons..&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone firmware is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Product versions used for interop testing:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Product by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Datafox EVO Version XYZ&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust used innovaphone FW, if applied add further applications (e.g. TAPI &amp;amp; Versions) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX V15r1&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone Buttons App 15r1&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone Working App 15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Datafox Studio: --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- you may either list the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures, or provide the URL to a PDF-formatted config document. Ideally the document is hosted by the 3rd-party-supplier itself --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Anything to mention which does not fit to above topics. To be deleted if not needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Datafox EVO terminal series offers highly flexible, scalable solutions for digital identification and data capture – from compact entry-level terminals to rugged industrial devices for hygiene-critical environments. Featuring modular hardware, various design options, and seamless system integration, these terminals are ideal for professional IT projects across industries.&lt;br /&gt;
Each terminal is designed to be configured to the customer’s exact requirements – functionally and visually. With fast support, in-house development, and quality “Made in Germany,” Datafox ensures reliability and future-proof implementation in any project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests. You may give personal or general contact data. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Datafox GmbH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Andy Burghart&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dermbacher Str. 12-14&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 36419 Geisa&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 36967 595 0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fax: +49 36967 595 50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:sales@datafox.de sales@datafox.de]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:EVO_TimeTrackingTerminals_-_Datafox_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77680</id>
		<title>Howto:EVO TimeTrackingTerminals - Datafox - 3rd Party Product</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:EVO_TimeTrackingTerminals_-_Datafox_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77680"/>
		<updated>2025-09-02T11:34:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* innovaphone Working Integration */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Datafox Logo CI7 2025.png|200px|right|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Datafox GmbH &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Datafox GmbH [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/time-recording EVO Time tracking terminals]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be done by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- {{Template:Compat_Status_referral_terminals|manufacturername=Acme Ltd.|certificationdate=in January 1970}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Referral Product|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty_Terminal_Devices}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty Terminal Devices|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Datafox Logo CI7 2025.png|150px|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Datafox is a German manufacturer of devices for time recording, access control, and operational data collection. Established in 1998, we design and produce all products in Thuringia – 100% Made in Germany.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox Siegel Made in Germany.jpg|100px|right|/Datafox_Siegel_Made_in_Germany.jpg|/Datafox_Siegel_Made_in_Germany.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the leading suppliers in Central Europe, we offer a broad portfolio of terminals, self-service PCs, access readers, and controllers – complemented by accessories for convenient identification and flexible installation.&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks to our collaboration with a wide network of system integrators, our devices can be seamlessly integrated into diverse IT environments – including communication platforms such as innovaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the product, benefits, other information to mention to understand main product purpose --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This section presents a curated selection of Datafox terminals for time and access management. These represent a subset of our portfolio and are selected for their proven suitability in UC-related projects – such as integration into communication environments like innovaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
All terminals are custom-configured and manufactured based on individual project requirements. Depending on the site and functional needs, different models can be selected and deployed in combination – enabling scalable, tailored solutions.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
! Datafox EVO 3.5 Pure   !! Datafox EVO 5.0 Pure!! Datafox EVO 5.0 Flex&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Datafox EVO 3.5 Pure.png|150px|center|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Pure.png|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Pure.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EVO 3.5 Pure is our most compact and cost-efficient terminal – ideal for projects that require a small display and straightforward interaction. It is particularly suitable for budget-sensitive environments, installations with limited space, or where individual design is not a priority.&lt;br /&gt;
Despite its price advantage, it offers full functionality for time and job tracking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 || [[File:Datafox EVO 5.0 Pure White.png|160px|center|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Pure_White.png|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Pure_White.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EVO 5.0 Pure shares its housing and base features with the EVO 3.5 Pure, but offers enhanced usability through a larger 5.0” display.&lt;br /&gt;
This allows for a more comfortable user experience, especially where extended keypad layouts or visual feedback are required.&lt;br /&gt;
The device can be equipped with either a capacitive or resistive touch interface, making it adaptable to various environments and usage scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
It is available in both anthracite (RAL 7016) and signal white (RAL 9003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 || [[File:Datafox EVO 5.0 Flex.png|170px|center|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Flex.png|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Flex.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The EVO 5.0 Flex combines the compact size of the EVO Pure series with the premium build quality of the Flex line. It features a solid aluminium frame with a durable real-glass front, offering an elevated look and feel, as well as IP65 front protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For companies seeking a visually branded setup, this terminal supports custom printing on the housing – beyond just logo display on screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 3.5” capacitive touch display (480 × 320 px)&lt;br /&gt;
* Plastic housing (PC-ABS), IP54 front protection&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 109 × 200 × 85 mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard colour: Anthracite (RAL 7016), custom colours from 500 units&lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 5.0” capacitive or resistive touch display (800 × 480 px)&lt;br /&gt;
* Plastic housing (PC-ABS), IP54 front protection&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 109 × 200 × 85 mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard colour: Anthracite (RAL 7016) and Signal white (RAL 9003)&lt;br /&gt;
 ||&#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 5.0” capacitive touch display (800 × 480 px)&lt;br /&gt;
* Housing: anodised aluminium, hardened real-glass front (≥6H)&lt;br /&gt;
* Front protection class: IP65&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 109 × 200 × 85 mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
EVO 3.5 Pure base unit (Art. 114051) with&lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 114304MB)&lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 114104)&lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 114117)&lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
EVO 5.0 Pure base unit signal white (Art. 114061-WS) with&lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 114304MB)&lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 114104)&lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 114117)&lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
EVO 5.0 Flex base unit (Art. 135001) with&lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 135304MB)&lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 135104)&lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 135117) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-35-pure/ EVO 3.5 Pure] || [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-50-pure EVO 5.0 Pure] || [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-50-flex EVO 5.0 Flex] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Datafox EVO 7.0 Flex !! Datafox EVO 3.5 Universal IP66 und IP69K&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox EVO 7.0 Flex.png|150px|center|/Datafox_EVO_7.0_Flex.png|/Datafox_EVO_7.0_Flex.png]] Our largest and most advanced terminal – perfect where space allows and premium usability is expected.  &lt;br /&gt;
 ||&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox EVO 3.5 Universal IP66,69K.png|120px|center|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Universal_IP66,69K.png|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Universal_IP66,69K.png]] The EVO 3.5 Universal IP66/IP69K is built for high-hygiene and extreme industrial conditions – such as food processing spray zones, wash bays, or marine terminals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 7.0” color TFT (480 × 800 pixels)  &lt;br /&gt;
* Housing: anodised aluminium, hardened real-glass front (≥6H)&lt;br /&gt;
* Front protection class: IP65&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 140 x 266 x 95 mm &lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard colour: Black, customized design possible&lt;br /&gt;
 || It comes standard with integrated access control capabilities, including multiple I/Os and RS485 interfaces for direct connection of door modules and readers – making it a fully equipped access control terminal right out of the box.&lt;br /&gt;
Its anodised aluminium frame, real-glass front and V4A stainless steel backplate ensure exceptional resistance to water, dust, impact, and cleaning processes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 3.5” color TFT (320 × 480 pixels)    &lt;br /&gt;
* IP66/IP69K: full protection against dust, water, pressure cleaning    &lt;br /&gt;
* Aluminum frame (hard-anodized), real glass (hardness ≥6H), V4A stainless steel base    &lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 96 × 243 × 55 mm (W×H×D)    &lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: –20 to +50 °C (PoE: –20 to +40 °C)    &lt;br /&gt;
* Integrated I/Os, RS485, PoE, LAN    &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes distance spacers for hygiene-compliant wall mounting  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
EVO 7.0 Flex base unit (Art. 126001) with  &lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 126304MB)   &lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 126104)  &lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 126117) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;pre-configured&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-70 EVO 7.0 Flex] || [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-35-universal-ip66-and-ip69k EVO 3.5 Universal IP66/IP69K]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&#039;&#039;&#039;Benefits at a glance:&#039;&#039;&#039;--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
* Tailored configuration for project-specific requirements&lt;br /&gt;
* Custom printing &amp;amp; color design (depending on device type)&lt;br /&gt;
* Adaptable display layouts &lt;br /&gt;
* Made in Germany: production, support and service&lt;br /&gt;
* Long-term product availability and spare parts supply&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Use Cases==&lt;br /&gt;
* Employee time tracking&lt;br /&gt;
* Project and job time logging&lt;br /&gt;
* Volunteer time tracking at events&lt;br /&gt;
* Access control with rights management&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitor and supplier access&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost center allocation&lt;br /&gt;
* Machine unlocking / machine control&lt;br /&gt;
* Driver’s license validation before vehicle use &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the product. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mounting &amp;amp; Accessories&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Wall mounting (standard configuration)&lt;br /&gt;
* Weather protection roof, desktop stand, pedestal&lt;br /&gt;
* Front panel mounting kit for flush integration (1–3 mm front plates)&lt;br /&gt;
* Shatter protection film for glass front&lt;br /&gt;
* Braille overlay&lt;br /&gt;
* SD card slot for memory expansion&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reading Technologies &amp;amp; Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Supported RFID technologies: MIFARE Classic, MIFARE DESFire, MIFARE Plus, NFC, LEGIC Prime, LEGIC Advant, HITAG, EM4200, ISO 14443, ISO 15693&lt;br /&gt;
* Barcode &amp;amp; QR code reader&lt;br /&gt;
* Fingerprint sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* iButton or PIN input&lt;br /&gt;
* Multi-factor authentication (e.g. card + PIN)&lt;br /&gt;
* Signature capture via touch display (image file)&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Communication &amp;amp; Power&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Ethernet (LAN), Wi-Fi, mobile network (LTE)&lt;br /&gt;
* Power supply via PoE or external power adapter&lt;br /&gt;
* Configuration via free Datafox Studio software&lt;br /&gt;
* Central device management tool (upcoming)&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Special Features &amp;amp; Expansion Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Access control modules incl. &amp;quot;Data on Card&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Machine data collection modules&lt;br /&gt;
* GPS module&lt;br /&gt;
* Integrated speaker&lt;br /&gt;
* Wrist temperature measurement&lt;br /&gt;
* Relay and I/O control (e.g. for machines or doors)&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuous activation when RFID card remains detected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==innovaphone Working Integration==&lt;br /&gt;
Datafox terminals can operate the Working App via the the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configured identities (RFID, PIN, Fingerprint) can be assigned to a PBX user via the Application buttons..&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone firmware is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Product versions used for interop testing:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Product by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Datafox EVO Version XYZ&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust used innovaphone FW, if applied add further applications (e.g. TAPI &amp;amp; Versions) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX V15r1&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone Buttons App 15r1&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone Working App 15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- you may either list the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures, or provide the URL to a PDF-formatted config document. Ideally the document is hosted by the 3rd-party-supplier itself --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Anything to mention which does not fit to above topics. To be deleted if not needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Datafox EVO terminal series offers highly flexible, scalable solutions for digital identification and data capture – from compact entry-level terminals to rugged industrial devices for hygiene-critical environments. Featuring modular hardware, various design options, and seamless system integration, these terminals are ideal for professional IT projects across industries.&lt;br /&gt;
Each terminal is designed to be configured to the customer’s exact requirements – functionally and visually. With fast support, in-house development, and quality “Made in Germany,” Datafox ensures reliability and future-proof implementation in any project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests. You may give personal or general contact data. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Datafox GmbH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Andy Burghart&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dermbacher Str. 12-14&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 36419 Geisa&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 36967 595 0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fax: +49 36967 595 50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:sales@datafox.de sales@datafox.de]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:EVO_TimeTrackingTerminals_-_Datafox_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77679</id>
		<title>Howto:EVO TimeTrackingTerminals - Datafox - 3rd Party Product</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:EVO_TimeTrackingTerminals_-_Datafox_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=77679"/>
		<updated>2025-09-02T11:34:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Datafox Logo CI7 2025.png|200px|right|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Datafox GmbH &amp;amp; ProductName by real names and add URL to productpage --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Datafox GmbH [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/time-recording EVO Time tracking terminals]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- do not remove comment. Will be done by innovaphone upon document check --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- {{Template:Compat_Status_referral_terminals|manufacturername=Acme Ltd.|certificationdate=in January 1970}} --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Referral Product|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty_Terminal_Devices}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty Terminal Devices|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vendor==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give some introducting words about the vendor itself --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Place optional company logo. Don&#039;t change logo size. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Datafox Logo CI7 2025.png|150px|/Datafox_Logo_CI7_2025.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Datafox is a German manufacturer of devices for time recording, access control, and operational data collection. Established in 1998, we design and produce all products in Thuringia – 100% Made in Germany.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox Siegel Made in Germany.jpg|100px|right|/Datafox_Siegel_Made_in_Germany.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the leading suppliers in Central Europe, we offer a broad portfolio of terminals, self-service PCs, access readers, and controllers – complemented by accessories for convenient identification and flexible installation.&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks to our collaboration with a wide network of system integrators, our devices can be seamlessly integrated into diverse IT environments – including communication platforms such as innovaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give description about the product, benefits, other information to mention to understand main product purpose --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- place optional product logo or functional overwiew. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This section presents a curated selection of Datafox terminals for time and access management. These represent a subset of our portfolio and are selected for their proven suitability in UC-related projects – such as integration into communication environments like innovaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
All terminals are custom-configured and manufactured based on individual project requirements. Depending on the site and functional needs, different models can be selected and deployed in combination – enabling scalable, tailored solutions.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
! Datafox EVO 3.5 Pure   !! Datafox EVO 5.0 Pure!! Datafox EVO 5.0 Flex&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Datafox EVO 3.5 Pure.png|150px|center|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Pure.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EVO 3.5 Pure is our most compact and cost-efficient terminal – ideal for projects that require a small display and straightforward interaction. It is particularly suitable for budget-sensitive environments, installations with limited space, or where individual design is not a priority.&lt;br /&gt;
Despite its price advantage, it offers full functionality for time and job tracking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 || [[File:Datafox EVO 5.0 Pure White.png|160px|center|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Pure_White.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EVO 5.0 Pure shares its housing and base features with the EVO 3.5 Pure, but offers enhanced usability through a larger 5.0” display.&lt;br /&gt;
This allows for a more comfortable user experience, especially where extended keypad layouts or visual feedback are required.&lt;br /&gt;
The device can be equipped with either a capacitive or resistive touch interface, making it adaptable to various environments and usage scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
It is available in both anthracite (RAL 7016) and signal white (RAL 9003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 || [[File:Datafox EVO 5.0 Flex.png|170px|center|/Datafox_EVO_5.0_Flex.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The EVO 5.0 Flex combines the compact size of the EVO Pure series with the premium build quality of the Flex line. It features a solid aluminium frame with a durable real-glass front, offering an elevated look and feel, as well as IP65 front protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For companies seeking a visually branded setup, this terminal supports custom printing on the housing – beyond just logo display on screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 3.5” capacitive touch display (480 × 320 px)&lt;br /&gt;
* Plastic housing (PC-ABS), IP54 front protection&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 109 × 200 × 85 mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard colour: Anthracite (RAL 7016), custom colours from 500 units&lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 5.0” capacitive or resistive touch display (800 × 480 px)&lt;br /&gt;
* Plastic housing (PC-ABS), IP54 front protection&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 109 × 200 × 85 mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard colour: Anthracite (RAL 7016) and Signal white (RAL 9003)&lt;br /&gt;
 ||&#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 5.0” capacitive touch display (800 × 480 px)&lt;br /&gt;
* Housing: anodised aluminium, hardened real-glass front (≥6H)&lt;br /&gt;
* Front protection class: IP65&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 109 × 200 × 85 mm&lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
EVO 3.5 Pure base unit (Art. 114051) with&lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 114304MB)&lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 114104)&lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 114117)&lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
EVO 5.0 Pure base unit signal white (Art. 114061-WS) with&lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 114304MB)&lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 114104)&lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 114117)&lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
EVO 5.0 Flex base unit (Art. 135001) with&lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 135304MB)&lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 135104)&lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 135117) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-35-pure/ EVO 3.5 Pure] || [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-50-pure EVO 5.0 Pure] || [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-50-flex EVO 5.0 Flex] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Datafox EVO 7.0 Flex !! Datafox EVO 3.5 Universal IP66 und IP69K&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox EVO 7.0 Flex.png|150px|center|/Datafox_EVO_7.0_Flex.png]] Our largest and most advanced terminal – perfect where space allows and premium usability is expected.  &lt;br /&gt;
 ||&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Datafox EVO 3.5 Universal IP66,69K.png|120px|center|/Datafox_EVO_3.5_Universal_IP66,69K.png]] The EVO 3.5 Universal IP66/IP69K is built for high-hygiene and extreme industrial conditions – such as food processing spray zones, wash bays, or marine terminals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 7.0” color TFT (480 × 800 pixels)  &lt;br /&gt;
* Housing: anodised aluminium, hardened real-glass front (≥6H)&lt;br /&gt;
* Front protection class: IP65&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 140 x 266 x 95 mm &lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: -20 to +60 °C&lt;br /&gt;
* USB interface (Micro-USB), typically used for setup&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication via HTTP/HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;
* Supplied with wall mount plate and proximity sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard colour: Black, customized design possible&lt;br /&gt;
 || It comes standard with integrated access control capabilities, including multiple I/Os and RS485 interfaces for direct connection of door modules and readers – making it a fully equipped access control terminal right out of the box.&lt;br /&gt;
Its anodised aluminium frame, real-glass front and V4A stainless steel backplate ensure exceptional resistance to water, dust, impact, and cleaning processes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Key specifications:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 3.5” color TFT (320 × 480 pixels)    &lt;br /&gt;
* IP66/IP69K: full protection against dust, water, pressure cleaning    &lt;br /&gt;
* Aluminum frame (hard-anodized), real glass (hardness ≥6H), V4A stainless steel base    &lt;br /&gt;
* Dimensions: 96 × 243 × 55 mm (W×H×D)    &lt;br /&gt;
* Operating temperature: –20 to +50 °C (PoE: –20 to +40 °C)    &lt;br /&gt;
* Integrated I/Os, RS485, PoE, LAN    &lt;br /&gt;
* Includes distance spacers for hygiene-compliant wall mounting  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Example configuration:&#039;&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
EVO 7.0 Flex base unit (Art. 126001) with  &lt;br /&gt;
* Mifare RFID reader – Classic &amp;amp; DESFire (Art. 126304MB)   &lt;br /&gt;
* LAN module (Art. 126104)  &lt;br /&gt;
* PoE module (Art. 126117) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 || &#039;&#039;pre-configured&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-70 EVO 7.0 Flex] || [https://www.datafox.de/en/products-solutions/alle-geraete/datafox-evo-35-universal-ip66-and-ip69k EVO 3.5 Universal IP66/IP69K]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&#039;&#039;&#039;Benefits at a glance:&#039;&#039;&#039;--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
* Tailored configuration for project-specific requirements&lt;br /&gt;
* Custom printing &amp;amp; color design (depending on device type)&lt;br /&gt;
* Adaptable display layouts &lt;br /&gt;
* Made in Germany: production, support and service&lt;br /&gt;
* Long-term product availability and spare parts supply&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Use Cases==&lt;br /&gt;
* Employee time tracking&lt;br /&gt;
* Project and job time logging&lt;br /&gt;
* Volunteer time tracking at events&lt;br /&gt;
* Access control with rights management&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitor and supplier access&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost center allocation&lt;br /&gt;
* Machine unlocking / machine control&lt;br /&gt;
* Driver’s license validation before vehicle use &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give functional description about the product. Use formattings if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mounting &amp;amp; Accessories&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Wall mounting (standard configuration)&lt;br /&gt;
* Weather protection roof, desktop stand, pedestal&lt;br /&gt;
* Front panel mounting kit for flush integration (1–3 mm front plates)&lt;br /&gt;
* Shatter protection film for glass front&lt;br /&gt;
* Braille overlay&lt;br /&gt;
* SD card slot for memory expansion&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reading Technologies &amp;amp; Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Supported RFID technologies: MIFARE Classic, MIFARE DESFire, MIFARE Plus, NFC, LEGIC Prime, LEGIC Advant, HITAG, EM4200, ISO 14443, ISO 15693&lt;br /&gt;
* Barcode &amp;amp; QR code reader&lt;br /&gt;
* Fingerprint sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* iButton or PIN input&lt;br /&gt;
* Multi-factor authentication (e.g. card + PIN)&lt;br /&gt;
* Signature capture via touch display (image file)&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Communication &amp;amp; Power&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Ethernet (LAN), Wi-Fi, mobile network (LTE)&lt;br /&gt;
* Power supply via PoE or external power adapter&lt;br /&gt;
* Configuration via free Datafox Studio software&lt;br /&gt;
* Central device management tool (upcoming)&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Special Features &amp;amp; Expansion Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Access control modules incl. &amp;quot;Data on Card&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Machine data collection modules&lt;br /&gt;
* GPS module&lt;br /&gt;
* Integrated speaker&lt;br /&gt;
* Wrist temperature measurement&lt;br /&gt;
* Relay and I/O control (e.g. for machines or doors)&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuous activation when RFID card remains detected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==innovaphone Working Integration==&lt;br /&gt;
Datafox terminals can operate the Working App via the the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configured identities (RFID, PIN, fingerprint) can be assigned to a PBX user via the Application buttons..&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give used versions for testing of both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present or outdated innovaphone firmware is used, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Product versions used for interop testing:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- replace 3rd-Pty-Product by real name --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Datafox EVO Version XYZ&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- adjust used innovaphone FW, if applied add further applications (e.g. TAPI &amp;amp; Versions) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX V15r1&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone Buttons App 15r1&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone Working App 15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Describe configuration steps to be done for both innovaphone and 3rd-pty product --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- If not present, no certificate will be given at all --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- you may either list the config steps by adding text &amp;amp; pictures, or provide the URL to a PDF-formatted config document. Ideally the document is hosted by the 3rd-party-supplier itself --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- in any case you must be aware of the fact that any questions concerning configuration issues will be directly forwarded by innovaphone to you as manufacturer --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Optional topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Anything to mention which does not fit to above topics. To be deleted if not needed --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Datafox EVO terminal series offers highly flexible, scalable solutions for digital identification and data capture – from compact entry-level terminals to rugged industrial devices for hygiene-critical environments. Featuring modular hardware, various design options, and seamless system integration, these terminals are ideal for professional IT projects across industries.&lt;br /&gt;
Each terminal is designed to be configured to the customer’s exact requirements – functionally and visually. With fast support, in-house development, and quality “Made in Germany,” Datafox ensures reliability and future-proof implementation in any project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Mandatory topic. --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Give contact details for potential interests. You may give personal or general contact data. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;Datafox GmbH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Andy Burghart&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dermbacher Str. 12-14&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 36419 Geisa&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tel: +49 36967 595 0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fax: +49 36967 595 50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Mail: [mailto:sales@datafox.de sales@datafox.de]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77297</id>
		<title>Reference15r1:Concept Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77297"/>
		<updated>2025-07-09T10:49:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept|Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept App Service Buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone from version 15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The myApps Buttons App is an open source app that deals with the integration of IoT devices and PBX features as triggers. In principle, it is about linking certain input triggers to various output actions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) and open the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;AP app installer&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin. On the right panel, the App Store will be shown. &#039;&#039;Hint : if you access it for the first time, you will need to accept the &amp;quot;Terms of Use of the innovaphone App Store&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* In the search field located on the top right corner of the store, search for &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on it&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the proper firmware version, for example &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Version 15r1&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on install&lt;br /&gt;
* Tick &amp;quot;I accept the terms of use&amp;quot; and continue by clicking on the install yellow button&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait until the install has been finished&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and reopen the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) again in order to refresh the list of the available colored AP plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; + Add an App&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and then on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Name&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; that is used as display name &#039;&#039;(all character allowed)&#039;&#039; for it and the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; name that is the administrative field &#039;&#039;(no space, no capital letters)&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;e.g : Name: Buttons, SIP: buttons&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click OK to save the settings and a green check mark will be shown to inform you that the configuration is good&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons User&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You also need a separate User Object in the pbx which is used from the buttons app. The app will register on this object for...&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;calls&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** an incoming call to this user will be used as trigger. therefor the incoming &#039;&#039;&#039;cgpn&#039;&#039;&#039; and sip of the internal caller and the &#039;&#039;&#039;cdpn&#039;&#039;&#039; as destination is used.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Triggernumber &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;99&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is reserved for Working Toggle. All other destination can be defined per user.&lt;br /&gt;
*** you can setup MWI-Function keys to the number of the buttons-user + append own number checkmark.&lt;br /&gt;
**** in the MWI Key example you will see the 8599 which combines the number of the buttons user &amp;quot;85&amp;quot; with the triggerbumber &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; for working toggle&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** if you want to use outgoing chats from the app you have to assign the chat app to this user&lt;br /&gt;
*** place &amp;quot;chat&amp;quot; in the Home Screen Apps. Just type it in like this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mwi-working.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mwi-working.png|/Buttons-mwi-working.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttosapp user chat.png|thumb|none|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Every mentioned Input Trigger can be multiple combined wit output actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Buttons overview.png|700px|/Buttons_overview.png|/Buttons_overview.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Input trigger ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== PhoneKeys / Dial In =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons app can be made available for calls via a dial-in number. This involves a comparison of the caller (cgpn, sip) and the number called (cdpn).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== myApps Windows Client (Hotkey) =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;&#039;myApps Windows Launcher&#039;&#039;&#039;, buttons can be assigned a hotkey. To do this, append the parameter &amp;amp;lt;code&amp;amp;gt;?hotkey=[number]&amp;amp;lt;/code&amp;amp;gt; to the name of the app object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your app object is named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and you want to assign hotkey number &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;, the entry would be: buttons?hotkey=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Shelly Devices =====&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be used as trigger devices in the Buttons app. To do this, the app opens another web socket below the app path.  The path name is “/shelly ” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: [https://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly wss://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Devices that can establish an outgoing websocket are supported. You can also work with BLE devices if you have a BLE gateway or other Shelly device that is capable of both BLE and Websocket, so that it could work as gateway for BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take a look to this video. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lkMEf7CpXHo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Buttons ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Button1 and Shelly BLU Gateway, but you can also use an other Shelly PRO or PLUS Device to handle BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Windows-/ Door Sensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Door/Window and Shelly BLU Gateway                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Motionsensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Motion and Shelly BLU Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Webhook (&#039;&#039;RestApi&#039;&#039;) ======&lt;br /&gt;
In the SettingsPlugin (PbxManager), you can define an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-path&#039;&#039;&#039; and an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-api-key&#039;&#039;&#039; that can be used by general systems to perform general actions (e.g., monitoring). The idea is that server-based communication is combined with dynamic output actions, which are not triggered by user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path and api-key a added to the reachable base url of the buttons app + /extapi. So, if your base url looks like this [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/] and you api-key is &amp;quot;Secretkey1234&amp;quot;, the url looks like this, to do a Post to Connect App via Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Example: [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======&#039;&#039;Webhook Get Parameters&#039;&#039;======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* key: your http-api, which you can define via SettingsPlugin&lt;br /&gt;
* type: type of output. at the moment only &amp;quot;connect&amp;quot; is possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* dst: destination for the action&lt;br /&gt;
* tags: tagging parameters for Connect Post&lt;br /&gt;
* msg: the content for your action.&lt;br /&gt;
* callto: (in case of Connect Post), also a call to a destination can be trigged&lt;br /&gt;
* srcqueue: the Waiting Queue Object, which should be used for the outgoing call. (you have to define it in the buttons-admin before).&lt;br /&gt;
* numbers:in case of call, a comma separated list of numbers can be placed, which should be get the call from the Waiting Queue Object&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Output actions ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to send a chatmessage to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to a notify a to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send. A Notifiy is just a notification to the client and works with the notification policies of the used client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat + Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a combination of both in one rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presence =====&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the presence of users. In case of the buttons-user app, it&#039;s to the own user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonemessage =====&lt;br /&gt;
Similiar to Chat, but it sends messages to innovaphone DesktPhones. As destination you can use the number or the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall =====&lt;br /&gt;
You need to assign a Waiting Queue via Buttons-Admin App. After that, this Waiting Queue is used to perform outgoing calls and stream the announcement. The Waiting Queue needs a special configuration. =&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Alert Timout = 0&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; otherwise it would not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Connect App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Connect App is assigend to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to create ConnectPosts. Also if you combine ConnectPosts and Calls with the same trigger actions, also interactions of the phonecalls are presented to the Connect Post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Working App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Working App is assigned to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to control your Working App. Also the Dial In Number &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is reservered for Working Toggle. So, if your dial in number for buttons is 85, you can call 8599 from your extension and your working status is toggled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create own rules for working-start or working-stop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have created a short configuration tutorial on youtube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ut3NI59BNl4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77266</id>
		<title>Reference15r1:Concept Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77266"/>
		<updated>2025-07-03T07:51:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Buttons App - Overview */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept|Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept App Service Buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone from version 15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The myApps Buttons App is an open source app that deals with the integration of IoT devices and PBX features as triggers. In principle, it is about linking certain input triggers to various output actions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) and open the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;AP app installer&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin. On the right panel, the App Store will be shown. &#039;&#039;Hint : if you access it for the first time, you will need to accept the &amp;quot;Terms of Use of the innovaphone App Store&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* In the search field located on the top right corner of the store, search for &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on it&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the proper firmware version, for example &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Version 15r1&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on install&lt;br /&gt;
* Tick &amp;quot;I accept the terms of use&amp;quot; and continue by clicking on the install yellow button&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait until the install has been finished&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and reopen the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) again in order to refresh the list of the available colored AP plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; + Add an App&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and then on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Name&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; that is used as display name &#039;&#039;(all character allowed)&#039;&#039; for it and the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; name that is the administrative field &#039;&#039;(no space, no capital letters)&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;e.g : Name: Buttons, SIP: buttons&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click OK to save the settings and a green check mark will be shown to inform you that the configuration is good&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons User&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You also need a separate User Object in the pbx which is used from the buttons app. The app will register on this object for...&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;calls&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** an incoming call to this user will be used as trigger. therefor the incoming &#039;&#039;&#039;cgpn&#039;&#039;&#039; and sip of the internal caller and the &#039;&#039;&#039;cdpn&#039;&#039;&#039; as destination is used.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Triggernumber &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;99&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is reserved for Working Toggle. All other destination can be defined per user.&lt;br /&gt;
*** you can setup MWI-Function keys to the number of the buttons-user + append own number checkmark.&lt;br /&gt;
**** in the MWI Key example you will see the 8599 which combines the number of the buttons user &amp;quot;85&amp;quot; with the triggerbumber &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; for working toggle&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** if you want to use outgoing chats from the app you have to assign the chat app to this user&lt;br /&gt;
*** place &amp;quot;chat&amp;quot; in the Home Screen Apps. Just type it in like this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mwi-working.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mwi-working.png|/Buttons-mwi-working.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttosapp user chat.png|thumb|none|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Every mentioned Input Trigger can be multiple combined wit output actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Buttons overview.png|700px|/Buttons_overview.png|/Buttons_overview.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Input trigger ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== PhoneKeys / Dial In =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons app can be made available for calls via a dial-in number. This involves a comparison of the caller (cgpn, sip) and the number called (cdpn).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== myApps Windows Client (Hotkey) =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;&#039;myApps Windows Launcher&#039;&#039;&#039;, buttons can be assigned a hotkey. To do this, append the parameter &amp;amp;lt;code&amp;amp;gt;?hotkey=[number]&amp;amp;lt;/code&amp;amp;gt; to the name of the app object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your app object is named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and you want to assign hotkey number &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;, the entry would be: buttons?hotkey=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Shelly Devices =====&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be used as trigger devices in the Buttons app. To do this, the app opens another web socket below the app path.  The path name is “/shelly ” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: [https://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly wss://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Devices that can establish an outgoing websocket are supported. You can also work with BLE devices if you have a BLE gateway or other Shelly device that is capable of both BLE and Websocket, so that it could work as gateway for BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take a look to this video. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lkMEf7CpXHo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Buttons ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Button1 and Shelly BLU Gateway, but you can also use an other Shelly PRO or PLUS Device to handle BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Windows-/ Door Sensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Door/Window and Shelly BLU Gateway                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Motionsensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Motion and Shelly BLU Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Webhook (&#039;&#039;RestApi&#039;&#039;) ======&lt;br /&gt;
In the SettingsPlugin (PbxManager), you can define an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-path&#039;&#039;&#039; and an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-api-key&#039;&#039;&#039; that can be used by general systems to perform general actions (e.g., monitoring). The idea is that server-based communication is combined with dynamic output actions, which are not triggered by user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path and api-key a added to the reachable base url of the buttons app + /extapi. So, if your base url looks like this [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/] and you api-key is &amp;quot;Secretkey1234&amp;quot;, the url looks like this, to do a Post to Connect App via Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Example: [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======&#039;&#039;Webhook Get Parameters&#039;&#039;======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* key: your http-api, which you can define via SettingsPlugin&lt;br /&gt;
* type: type of output. at the moment only &amp;quot;connect&amp;quot; is possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* dst: destination for the action&lt;br /&gt;
* tags: tagging parameters for Connect Post&lt;br /&gt;
* msg: the content for your action.&lt;br /&gt;
* callto: (in case of Connect Post), also a call to a destination can be trigged&lt;br /&gt;
* srcqueue: the Waiting Queue Object, which should be used for the outgoing call. (you have to define it in the buttons-admin before).&lt;br /&gt;
* numbers:in case of call, a comma separated list of numbers can be placed, which should be get the call from the Waiting Queue Object&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Output actions ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to send a chatmessage to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to a notify a to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send. A Notifiy is just a notification to the client and works with the notification policies of the used client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat + Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a combination of both in one rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presence =====&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the presence of users. In case of the buttons-user app, it&#039;s to the own user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonemessage =====&lt;br /&gt;
Similiar to Chat, but it sends messages to innovaphone DesktPhones. As destination you can use the number or the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall =====&lt;br /&gt;
You need to assign a Waiting Queue via Buttons-Admin App. After that, this Waiting Queue is used to perform outgoing calls and stream the announcement. The Waiting Queue needs a special configuration. =&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Alert Timout = 0&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; otherwise it would not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Connect App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Connect App is assigend to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to create ConnectPosts. Also if you combine ConnectPosts and Calls with the same trigger actions, also interactions of the phonecalls are presented to the Connect Post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Working App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Working App is assigned to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to control your Working App. Also the Dial In Number &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is reservered for Working Toggle. So, if your dial in number for buttons is 85, you can call 8599 from your extension and your working status is toggled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create own rules for working-start or working-stop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77265</id>
		<title>Reference15r1:Concept Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77265"/>
		<updated>2025-07-03T07:45:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept|Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept App Service Buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone from version 15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The myApps Buttons App is an open source app that deals with the integration of IoT devices and PBX features as triggers. In principle, it is about linking certain input triggers to various output actions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) and open the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;AP app installer&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin. On the right panel, the App Store will be shown. &#039;&#039;Hint : if you access it for the first time, you will need to accept the &amp;quot;Terms of Use of the innovaphone App Store&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* In the search field located on the top right corner of the store, search for &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on it&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the proper firmware version, for example &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Version 15r1&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on install&lt;br /&gt;
* Tick &amp;quot;I accept the terms of use&amp;quot; and continue by clicking on the install yellow button&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait until the install has been finished&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and reopen the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) again in order to refresh the list of the available colored AP plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; + Add an App&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and then on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Name&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; that is used as display name &#039;&#039;(all character allowed)&#039;&#039; for it and the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; name that is the administrative field &#039;&#039;(no space, no capital letters)&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;e.g : Name: Buttons, SIP: buttons&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click OK to save the settings and a green check mark will be shown to inform you that the configuration is good&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons User&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You also need a separate User Object in the pbx which is used from the buttons app. The app will register on this object for...&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;calls&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** an incoming call to this user will be used as trigger. therefor the incoming &#039;&#039;&#039;cgpn&#039;&#039;&#039; and sip of the internal caller and the &#039;&#039;&#039;cdpn&#039;&#039;&#039; as destination is used.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Triggernumber &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;99&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is reserved for Working Toggle. All other destination can be defined per user.&lt;br /&gt;
*** you can setup MWI-Function keys to the number of the buttons-user + append own number checkmark.&lt;br /&gt;
**** in the MWI Key example you will see the 8599 which combines the number of the buttons user &amp;quot;85&amp;quot; with the triggerbumber &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; for working toggle&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** if you want to use outgoing chats from the app you have to assign the chat app to this user&lt;br /&gt;
*** place &amp;quot;chat&amp;quot; in the Home Screen Apps. Just type it in like this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mwi-working.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mwi-working.png|/Buttons-mwi-working.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttosapp user chat.png|thumb|none|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Every mentioned Input Trigger can be multiple combined wit output actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Buttons overview.png|700px|/Buttons_overview.png|/Buttons_overview.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Input trigger ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== PhoneKeys / Dial In =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons app can be made available for calls via a dial-in number. This involves a comparison of the caller (cgpn, sip) and the number called (cdpn).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== myApps Windows Client (Hotkey) =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;&#039;myApps Windows Launcher&#039;&#039;&#039;, buttons can be assigned a hotkey. To do this, append the parameter &amp;amp;lt;code&amp;amp;gt;?hotkey=[number]&amp;amp;lt;/code&amp;amp;gt; to the name of the app object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your app object is named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and you want to assign hotkey number &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;, the entry would be: buttons?hotkey=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Shelly Devices =====&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be used as trigger devices in the Buttons app. To do this, the app opens another web socket below the app path.  The path name is “/shelly ” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: [https://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly wss://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Devices that can establish an outgoing websocket are supported. You can also work with BLE devices if you have a BLE gateway or other Shelly device that is capable of both BLE and Websocket, so that it could work as gateway for BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take a look to this video. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lkMEf7CpXHo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Buttons ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Button1 and Shelly BLU Gateway, but you can also use an other Shelly PRO or PLUS Device to handle BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Windows-/ Door Sensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Door/Window and Shelly BLU Gateway                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Motionsensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Motion and Shelly BLU Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Webhook (&#039;&#039;RestApi&#039;&#039;) ======&lt;br /&gt;
In the SettingsPlugin (PbxManager), you can define an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-path&#039;&#039;&#039; and an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-api-key&#039;&#039;&#039; that can be used by general systems to perform general actions (e.g., monitoring). The idea is that server-based communication is combined with dynamic output actions, which are not triggered by user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path and api-key a added to the reachable base url of the buttons app + /extapi. So, if your base url looks like this [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/] and you api-key is &amp;quot;Secretkey1234&amp;quot;, the url looks like this, to do a Post to Connect App via Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Example: [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======= Webhook Get Parameters =======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Output actions ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to send a chatmessage to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to a notify a to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send. A Notifiy is just a notification to the client and works with the notification policies of the used client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat + Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a combination of both in one rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presence =====&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the presence of users. In case of the buttons-user app, it&#039;s to the own user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonemessage =====&lt;br /&gt;
Similiar to Chat, but it sends messages to innovaphone DesktPhones. As destination you can use the number or the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall =====&lt;br /&gt;
You need to assign a Waiting Queue via Buttons-Admin App. After that, this Waiting Queue is used to perform outgoing calls and stream the announcement. The Waiting Queue needs a special configuration. =&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Alert Timout = 0&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; otherwise it would not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Connect App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Connect App is assigend to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to create ConnectPosts. Also if you combine ConnectPosts and Calls with the same trigger actions, also interactions of the phonecalls are presented to the Connect Post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Working App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Working App is assigned to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to control your Working App. Also the Dial In Number &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is reservered for Working Toggle. So, if your dial in number for buttons is 85, you can call 8599 from your extension and your working status is toggled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create own rules for working-start or working-stop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77264</id>
		<title>Reference15r1:Concept Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77264"/>
		<updated>2025-07-03T07:44:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Webhook (RestApi) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept|Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept App Service Buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone from version 15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The myApps Buttons App is an open source app that deals with the integration of IoT devices and PBX features as triggers. In principle, it is about linking certain input triggers to various output actions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) and open the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;AP app installer&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin. On the right panel, the App Store will be shown. &#039;&#039;Hint : if you access it for the first time, you will need to accept the &amp;quot;Terms of Use of the innovaphone App Store&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* In the search field located on the top right corner of the store, search for &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on it&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the proper firmware version, for example &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Version 15r1&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on install&lt;br /&gt;
* Tick &amp;quot;I accept the terms of use&amp;quot; and continue by clicking on the install yellow button&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait until the install has been finished&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and reopen the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) again in order to refresh the list of the available colored AP plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; + Add an App&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and then on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Name&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; that is used as display name &#039;&#039;(all character allowed)&#039;&#039; for it and the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; name that is the administrative field &#039;&#039;(no space, no capital letters)&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;e.g : Name: Buttons, SIP: buttons&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click OK to save the settings and a green check mark will be shown to inform you that the configuration is good&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons User&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You also need a separate User Object in the pbx which is used from the buttons app. The app will register on this object for...&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;calls&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** an incoming call to this user will be used as trigger. therefor the incoming &#039;&#039;&#039;cgpn&#039;&#039;&#039; and sip of the internal caller and the &#039;&#039;&#039;cdpn&#039;&#039;&#039; as destination is used.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Triggernumber &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;99&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is reserved for Working Toggle. All other destination can be defined per user.&lt;br /&gt;
*** you can setup MWI-Function keys to the number of the buttons-user + append own number checkmark.&lt;br /&gt;
**** in the MWI Key example you will see the 8599 which combines the number of the buttons user &amp;quot;85&amp;quot; with the triggerbumber &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; for working toggle&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** if you want to use outgoing chats from the app you have to assign the chat app to this user&lt;br /&gt;
*** place &amp;quot;chat&amp;quot; in the Home Screen Apps. Just type it in like this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mwi-working.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mwi-working.png|/Buttons-mwi-working.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttosapp user chat.png|thumb|none|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Every mentioned Input Trigger can be multiple combined wit output actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Buttons overview.png|700px|/Buttons_overview.png|/Buttons_overview.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Input trigger ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== PhoneKeys / Dial In =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons app can be made available for calls via a dial-in number. This involves a comparison of the caller (cgpn, sip) and the number called (cdpn).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== myApps Windows Client (Hotkey) =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;&#039;myApps Windows Launcher&#039;&#039;&#039;, buttons can be assigned a hotkey. To do this, append the parameter &amp;amp;lt;code&amp;amp;gt;?hotkey=[number]&amp;amp;lt;/code&amp;amp;gt; to the name of the app object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your app object is named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and you want to assign hotkey number &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;, the entry would be: buttons?hotkey=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Shelly Devices =====&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be used as trigger devices in the Buttons app. To do this, the app opens another web socket below the app path.  The path name is “/shelly ” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: [https://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly wss://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Devices that can establish an outgoing websocket are supported. You can also work with BLE devices if you have a BLE gateway or other Shelly device that is capable of both BLE and Websocket, so that it could work as gateway for BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take a look to this video. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lkMEf7CpXHo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Buttons ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Button1 and Shelly BLU Gateway, but you can also use an other Shelly PRO or PLUS Device to handle BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Windows-/ Door Sensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Door/Window and Shelly BLU Gateway                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Motionsensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Motion and Shelly BLU Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Webhook (&#039;&#039;RestApi&#039;&#039;) ======&lt;br /&gt;
In the SettingsPlugin (PbxManager), you can define an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-path&#039;&#039;&#039; and an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-api-key&#039;&#039;&#039; that can be used by general systems to perform general actions (e.g., monitoring). The idea is that server-based communication is combined with dynamic output actions, which are not triggered by user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path and api-key a added to the reachable base url of the buttons app + /extapi. So, if your base url looks like this [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/] and you api-key is &amp;quot;Secretkey1234&amp;quot;, the url looks like this, to do a Post to Connect App via Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Example: [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======= Webhook - Get Variables =======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Output actions ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to send a chatmessage to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to a notify a to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send. A Notifiy is just a notification to the client and works with the notification policies of the used client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat + Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a combination of both in one rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presence =====&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the presence of users. In case of the buttons-user app, it&#039;s to the own user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonemessage =====&lt;br /&gt;
Similiar to Chat, but it sends messages to innovaphone DesktPhones. As destination you can use the number or the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall =====&lt;br /&gt;
You need to assign a Waiting Queue via Buttons-Admin App. After that, this Waiting Queue is used to perform outgoing calls and stream the announcement. The Waiting Queue needs a special configuration. =&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Alert Timout = 0&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; otherwise it would not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Connect App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Connect App is assigend to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to create ConnectPosts. Also if you combine ConnectPosts and Calls with the same trigger actions, also interactions of the phonecalls are presented to the Connect Post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Working App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Working App is assigned to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to control your Working App. Also the Dial In Number &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is reservered for Working Toggle. So, if your dial in number for buttons is 85, you can call 8599 from your extension and your working status is toggled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create own rules for working-start or working-stop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77263</id>
		<title>Reference15r1:Concept Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77263"/>
		<updated>2025-07-03T07:42:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Buttons App - Overview */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept|Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept App Service Buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone from version 15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The myApps Buttons App is an open source app that deals with the integration of IoT devices and PBX features as triggers. In principle, it is about linking certain input triggers to various output actions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) and open the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;AP app installer&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin. On the right panel, the App Store will be shown. &#039;&#039;Hint : if you access it for the first time, you will need to accept the &amp;quot;Terms of Use of the innovaphone App Store&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* In the search field located on the top right corner of the store, search for &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on it&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the proper firmware version, for example &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Version 15r1&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on install&lt;br /&gt;
* Tick &amp;quot;I accept the terms of use&amp;quot; and continue by clicking on the install yellow button&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait until the install has been finished&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and reopen the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) again in order to refresh the list of the available colored AP plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; + Add an App&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and then on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Name&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; that is used as display name &#039;&#039;(all character allowed)&#039;&#039; for it and the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; name that is the administrative field &#039;&#039;(no space, no capital letters)&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;e.g : Name: Buttons, SIP: buttons&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click OK to save the settings and a green check mark will be shown to inform you that the configuration is good&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons User&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You also need a separate User Object in the pbx which is used from the buttons app. The app will register on this object for...&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;calls&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** an incoming call to this user will be used as trigger. therefor the incoming &#039;&#039;&#039;cgpn&#039;&#039;&#039; and sip of the internal caller and the &#039;&#039;&#039;cdpn&#039;&#039;&#039; as destination is used.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Triggernumber &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;99&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is reserved for Working Toggle. All other destination can be defined per user.&lt;br /&gt;
*** you can setup MWI-Function keys to the number of the buttons-user + append own number checkmark.&lt;br /&gt;
**** in the MWI Key example you will see the 8599 which combines the number of the buttons user &amp;quot;85&amp;quot; with the triggerbumber &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; for working toggle&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** if you want to use outgoing chats from the app you have to assign the chat app to this user&lt;br /&gt;
*** place &amp;quot;chat&amp;quot; in the Home Screen Apps. Just type it in like this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mwi-working.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mwi-working.png|/Buttons-mwi-working.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttosapp user chat.png|thumb|none|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Every mentioned Input Trigger can be multiple combined wit output actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Buttons overview.png|700px|/Buttons_overview.png|/Buttons_overview.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Input trigger ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== PhoneKeys / Dial In =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons app can be made available for calls via a dial-in number. This involves a comparison of the caller (cgpn, sip) and the number called (cdpn).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== myApps Windows Client (Hotkey) =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;&#039;myApps Windows Launcher&#039;&#039;&#039;, buttons can be assigned a hotkey. To do this, append the parameter &amp;amp;lt;code&amp;amp;gt;?hotkey=[number]&amp;amp;lt;/code&amp;amp;gt; to the name of the app object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your app object is named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and you want to assign hotkey number &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;, the entry would be: buttons?hotkey=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Shelly Devices =====&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be used as trigger devices in the Buttons app. To do this, the app opens another web socket below the app path.  The path name is “/shelly ” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: [https://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly wss://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Devices that can establish an outgoing websocket are supported. You can also work with BLE devices if you have a BLE gateway or other Shelly device that is capable of both BLE and Websocket, so that it could work as gateway for BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take a look to this video. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lkMEf7CpXHo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Buttons ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Button1 and Shelly BLU Gateway, but you can also use an other Shelly PRO or PLUS Device to handle BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Windows-/ Door Sensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Door/Window and Shelly BLU Gateway                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Motionsensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Motion and Shelly BLU Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Webhook (&#039;&#039;RestApi&#039;&#039;) ======&lt;br /&gt;
In the SettingsPlugin (PbxManager), you can define an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-path&#039;&#039;&#039; and an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-api-key&#039;&#039;&#039; that can be used by general systems to perform general actions (e.g., monitoring). The idea is that server-based communication is combined with dynamic output actions, which are not triggered by user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path and api-key a added to the reachable base url of the buttons app + /extapi. So, if your base url looks like this [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/] and you api-key is &amp;quot;Secretkey1234&amp;quot;, the url looks like this, to do a Post to Connect App via Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Example: [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Output actions ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to send a chatmessage to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to a notify a to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send. A Notifiy is just a notification to the client and works with the notification policies of the used client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat + Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a combination of both in one rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presence =====&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the presence of users. In case of the buttons-user app, it&#039;s to the own user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonemessage =====&lt;br /&gt;
Similiar to Chat, but it sends messages to innovaphone DesktPhones. As destination you can use the number or the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall =====&lt;br /&gt;
You need to assign a Waiting Queue via Buttons-Admin App. After that, this Waiting Queue is used to perform outgoing calls and stream the announcement. The Waiting Queue needs a special configuration. =&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Alert Timout = 0&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; otherwise it would not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Connect App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Connect App is assigend to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to create ConnectPosts. Also if you combine ConnectPosts and Calls with the same trigger actions, also interactions of the phonecalls are presented to the Connect Post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Working App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Working App is assigned to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to control your Working App. Also the Dial In Number &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is reservered for Working Toggle. So, if your dial in number for buttons is 85, you can call 8599 from your extension and your working status is toggled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create own rules for working-start or working-stop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77262</id>
		<title>Reference15r1:Concept Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77262"/>
		<updated>2025-07-03T07:37:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: /* Input trigger */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept|Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept App Service Buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone from version 15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The myApps Buttons App is an open source app that deals with the integration of IoT devices and PBX features as triggers. In principle, it is about linking certain input triggers to various output actions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) and open the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;AP app installer&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin. On the right panel, the App Store will be shown. &#039;&#039;Hint : if you access it for the first time, you will need to accept the &amp;quot;Terms of Use of the innovaphone App Store&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* In the search field located on the top right corner of the store, search for &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on it&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the proper firmware version, for example &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Version 15r1&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on install&lt;br /&gt;
* Tick &amp;quot;I accept the terms of use&amp;quot; and continue by clicking on the install yellow button&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait until the install has been finished&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and reopen the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) again in order to refresh the list of the available colored AP plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; + Add an App&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and then on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Name&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; that is used as display name &#039;&#039;(all character allowed)&#039;&#039; for it and the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; name that is the administrative field &#039;&#039;(no space, no capital letters)&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;e.g : Name: Buttons, SIP: buttons&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click OK to save the settings and a green check mark will be shown to inform you that the configuration is good&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons User&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You also need a separate User Object in the pbx which is used from the buttons app. The app will register on this object for...&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;calls&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** an incoming call to this user will be used as trigger. therefor the incoming &#039;&#039;&#039;cgpn&#039;&#039;&#039; and sip of the internal caller and the &#039;&#039;&#039;cdpn&#039;&#039;&#039; as destination is used.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Triggernumber &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;99&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is reserved for Working Toggle. All other destination can be defined per user.&lt;br /&gt;
*** you can setup MWI-Function keys to the number of the buttons-user + append own number checkmark.&lt;br /&gt;
**** in the MWI Key example you will see the 8599 which combines the number of the buttons user &amp;quot;85&amp;quot; with the triggerbumber &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; for working toggle&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** if you want to use outgoing chats from the app you have to assign the chat app to this user&lt;br /&gt;
*** place &amp;quot;chat&amp;quot; in the Home Screen Apps. Just type it in like this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mwi-working.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mwi-working.png|/Buttons-mwi-working.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttosapp user chat.png|thumb|none|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Every mentioned Input Trigger can be multiple combined wit output actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Buttons overview.png|700px|/Buttons_overview.png|/Buttons_overview.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Input trigger ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== PhoneKeys / Dial In =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons app can be made available for calls via a dial-in number. This involves a comparison of the caller (cgpn, sip) and the number called (cdpn).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== myApps Windows Client (Hotkey) =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;&#039;myApps Windows Launcher&#039;&#039;&#039;, buttons can be assigned a hotkey. To do this, append the parameter &amp;amp;lt;code&amp;amp;gt;?hotkey=[number]&amp;amp;lt;/code&amp;amp;gt; to the name of the app object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your app object is named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and you want to assign hotkey number &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;, the entry would be: buttons?hotkey=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Shelly Devices =====&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be used as trigger devices in the Buttons app. To do this, the app opens another web socket below the app path.  The path name is “/shelly ” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: [https://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly wss://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Devices that can establish an outgoing websocket are supported. You can also work with BLE devices if you have a BLE gateway or other Shelly device that is capable of both BLE and Websocket, so that it could work as gateway for BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take a look to this video. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lkMEf7CpXHo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Buttons ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Button1 and Shelly BLU Gateway, but you can also use an other Shelly PRO or PLUS Device to handle BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Windows-/ Door Sensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Door/Window and Shelly BLU Gateway                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Motionsensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Motion and Shelly BLU Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Webhook (&#039;&#039;RestApi&#039;&#039;) ======&lt;br /&gt;
In the SettingsPlugin (PbxManager), you can define an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-path&#039;&#039;&#039; and an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-api-key&#039;&#039;&#039; that can be used by general systems to perform general actions (e.g., monitoring). The idea is that server-based communication is combined with dynamic output actions, which are not triggered by user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Output actions ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to send a chatmessage to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to a notify a to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send. A Notifiy is just a notification to the client and works with the notification policies of the used client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat + Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a combination of both in one rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presence =====&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the presence of users. In case of the buttons-user app, it&#039;s to the own user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonemessage =====&lt;br /&gt;
Similiar to Chat, but it sends messages to innovaphone DesktPhones. As destination you can use the number or the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall =====&lt;br /&gt;
You need to assign a Waiting Queue via Buttons-Admin App. After that, this Waiting Queue is used to perform outgoing calls and stream the announcement. The Waiting Queue needs a special configuration. =&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Alert Timout = 0&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; otherwise it would not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Connect App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Connect App is assigend to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to create ConnectPosts. Also if you combine ConnectPosts and Calls with the same trigger actions, also interactions of the phonecalls are presented to the Connect Post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Working App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Working App is assigned to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to control your Working App. Also the Dial In Number &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is reservered for Working Toggle. So, if your dial in number for buttons is 85, you can call 8599 from your extension and your working status is toggled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create own rules for working-start or working-stop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77193</id>
		<title>Reference15r1:Concept Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77193"/>
		<updated>2025-06-30T07:46:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pst: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept|Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept App Service Buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone from version 15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The myApps Buttons App is an open source app that deals with the integration of IoT devices and PBX features as triggers. In principle, it is about linking certain input triggers to various output actions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) and open the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;AP app installer&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin. On the right panel, the App Store will be shown. &#039;&#039;Hint : if you access it for the first time, you will need to accept the &amp;quot;Terms of Use of the innovaphone App Store&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* In the search field located on the top right corner of the store, search for &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on it&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the proper firmware version, for example &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Version 15r1&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on install&lt;br /&gt;
* Tick &amp;quot;I accept the terms of use&amp;quot; and continue by clicking on the install yellow button&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait until the install has been finished&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and reopen the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) again in order to refresh the list of the available colored AP plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; + Add an App&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and then on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Name&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; that is used as display name &#039;&#039;(all character allowed)&#039;&#039; for it and the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; name that is the administrative field &#039;&#039;(no space, no capital letters)&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;e.g : Name: Buttons, SIP: buttons&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click OK to save the settings and a green check mark will be shown to inform you that the configuration is good&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons User&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You also need a separate User Object in the pbx which is used from the buttons app. The app will register on this object for...&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;calls&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** an incoming call to this user will be used as trigger. therefor the incoming &#039;&#039;&#039;cgpn&#039;&#039;&#039; and sip of the internal caller and the &#039;&#039;&#039;cdpn&#039;&#039;&#039; as destination is used.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Triggernumber &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;99&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is reserved for Working Toggle. All other destination can be defined per user.&lt;br /&gt;
*** you can setup MWI-Function keys to the number of the buttons-user + append own number checkmark.&lt;br /&gt;
**** in the MWI Key example you will see the 8599 which combines the number of the buttons user &amp;quot;85&amp;quot; with the triggerbumber &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; for working toggle&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** if you want to use outgoing chats from the app you have to assign the chat app to this user&lt;br /&gt;
*** place &amp;quot;chat&amp;quot; in the Home Screen Apps. Just type it in like this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mwi-working.png|thumb|/Buttons-mwi-working.png|none|/Buttons-mwi-working.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttosapp user chat.png|thumb|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png|none|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Every mentioned Input Trigger can be multiple combined wit output actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Buttons overview.png|700px|/Buttons_overview.png|/Buttons_overview.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Input trigger ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== PhoneKeys / Dial In =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons app can be made available for calls via a dial-in number. This involves a comparison of the caller (cgpn, sip) and the number called (cdpn).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== myApps Windows Client (Hotkey) =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;&#039;myApps Windows Launcher&#039;&#039;&#039;, buttons can be assigned a hotkey. To do this, append the parameter &amp;amp;lt;code&amp;amp;gt;?hotkey=[number]&amp;amp;lt;/code&amp;amp;gt; to the name of the app object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your app object is named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and you want to assign hotkey number &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;, the entry would be: buttons?hotkey=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Shelly Devices =====&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be used as trigger devices in the Buttons app. To do this, the app opens another web socket below the app path.  The path name is “/shelly ” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: [https://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly wss://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Devices that can establish an outgoing websocket are supported. You can also work with BLE devices if you have a BLE gateway or other Shelly device that is capable of both BLE and Websocket, so that it could work as gateway for BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take a look to this video. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lkMEf7CpXHo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Buttons ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Button1 and Shelly BLU Gateway, but you can also use an other Shelly PRO or PLUS Device to handle BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Windows-/ Door Sensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Door/Window and Shelly BLU Gateway                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Motionsensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Motion and Shelly BLU Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Output actions ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to send a chatmessage to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to a notify a to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send. A Notifiy is just a notification to the client and works with the notification policies of the used client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat + Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a combination of both in one rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presence =====&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the presence of users. In case of the buttons-user app, it&#039;s to the own user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonemessage =====&lt;br /&gt;
Similiar to Chat, but it sends messages to innovaphone DesktPhones. As destination you can use the number or the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall =====&lt;br /&gt;
You need to assign a Waiting Queue via Buttons-Admin App. After that, this Waiting Queue is used to perform outgoing calls and stream the announcement. The Waiting Queue needs a special configuration. =&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Alert Timout = 0&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; otherwise it would not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Connect App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Connect App is assigend to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to create ConnectPosts. Also if you combine ConnectPosts and Calls with the same trigger actions, also interactions of the phonecalls are presented to the Connect Post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Working App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Working App is assigned to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to control your Working App. Also the Dial In Number &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is reservered for Working Toggle. So, if your dial in number for buttons is 85, you can call 8599 from your extension and your working status is toggled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create own rules for working-start or working-stop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pst</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>